1600 to 1609 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1600 to 1609.

1600
 '''Faced with a reduced navy and treasury, Prussia is struggling to support its mainland colony in the face of native raids. As a result, more and more turn to piracy to support themselves.'''


 * Hamburg-Holstein-Mecklenburg: The two-decker ordered last year is completed, and immediately begins trials. After several months, it is that determined further construction of two-decker styled ships is worth it. The one completed, named Adelheid, is commissioned as the new flagship due to the previous Friedrich III being inferior to it. Five new two-deckers, armed with up to fifty heavy, and seventy light guns, are put under construction. Meanwhile, a Lauenburg blacksmith invents a metal spearhead able to be attached to the muzzle of a firearm, effectively combining "pike and shot", and giving musketeers more effective hand-to-hand combat ability. A couple dozen of them, dubbed "bajonetts", are delivered to the army for testing.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded.

Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent. Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 271,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes. Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand. Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy and navy expand. Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 40,000. Economy and navy expand. Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states - especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the construction of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman, being sparsely populated and mostly deserted, had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman too played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemeni culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa but soon this decision was reverted, and trade once again started with Bengal. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed toward Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan orders the assailants to be put to death and announces equal rights for the People of the Book living in Yemen, Iritriyā or Al-Somal. Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffeeder and build closer relations with the Iroquois. (Mil-Turn)
 * Susquehanna: We build up military, especially on our western border and build closer relations with the Iroquois. (Mil-Turn)
 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongols continue to fortify their borders and expand their military. The Mongolian Khan approaches the Tartar leader with an offer of alliance due to their common heritage. The population of Nestorians continues to grow, and nativist Tengiist populations grow as well. Along with the Chinese refugees comes a considerable amount of Jurchen refugetrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. The southern colonies in Africa are organized and named Kamerun, and continue to expand south.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to economic development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle. About 100 colonists reach the island of St Otto and successfully settle the island of 300 sq km. However, in Nowy Krakow, about 300 colonists have landed on the island and created a small town with minor fortifications. The northern coast of Nowy Krakow has been secured.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate:  The Ten Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan   Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten Year Military Build Up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperalism.  While constructing mosques on the border of Mansurryia and OTL Saudi Arabia, we saw their horrid conditions and thus we seek to bring civilization and unity under Islam and the Mosque Model by expanding 25 px into their territory.  (I found out that this was implausible, as it is uninhatible for now) 'We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn.''
 *  ​ Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.''
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get  OTL Djiboti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure
 * Oman:' Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn With the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which   fuels imperialism. Eco turn.
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Masirah Island: The governor was installed one year ago during the transitional period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate- Implementation of the Mosque Model (and port construction) Infra turn With the Mosque Model completed in Masirah, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further fund the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism. We are also preparing to come under Yemeni governship. Eco turn.
 * Omanese Port of Alexandria: The Governor was installed one year ago during the trasnitional period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Impletementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to reiieve Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be propsoed, negoatiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes.  FINANCIAL LOANS continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of art, poetry, or books, from native, cultural languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Nobles of Vijaynagara are now known as Urdustani Nobles, rather than simply Vijaynagara nobles. This enforces Urdustani rule over the nobility of Vijaynagara, but also allows them to fluidly move and act within all parts of Urdustan, rather than just Vijaynagara. Shipments of European weapons are diverted from Urdustani markets due to their increasingly commonness within Urdustani armies, so as to allow Vijaynagara to also have better access to advanced weapons.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better QUALITY than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 51. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 391,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 258,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 32. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 25.3 million. Navy expands. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Economic supplies is requested from all members in the UIN. Economic supplies is requested to all allies of the Damascan Sultanate. With the eco help, the Sultanate can get back on its feet officially. Sulimen II patches his ties with Karaman officially. Diyabakir begins to come around but will take time. Ankara seems a bit hostile toward Damascus still.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 51. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 391,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 258,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 32. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 25.3 million. Navy expands. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Economic supplies is requested from all members in the UIN. Economic supplies is requested to all allies of the Damascan Sultanate. With the eco help, the Sultanate can get back on its feet officially. Sulimen II patches his ties with Karaman officially. Diyabakir begins to come around but will take time. Ankara seems a bit hostile toward Damascus still.


 * Pskov's economy continues to boom, and as more capital comes to the merchants, more money is able to be put into improving production techniques. Meanwhile, an astronomer decides to look at Jupiter with a telescope ... and notices some strange objects sometimes obscuring some parts of his field of vision. More intense study will follow.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company continues to produce more ships and drive colonization programs with their money. The Ships owned by the PIC are continually being armed. The Stock market set up last year turns out to be a success, and the PIC, although confident of its anti-piracy measures, still votes to stop shipping gold and turn to "promissory notes", based on the amount of gold, that they would deposit with the Bank of Pskov, or an affiliate, and give out said paper notes, paper money, to colonists as payment, all based on the amount of gold kept in the accounts of the PIC and start using it for trade, as it is much more reliable than losing hundreds of pounds of metal. Although mostly used in Europe, and sometimes in colonies, stuff happens. The small community of Novgorod-na-Atlantike becomes the de facto capital of the PIC-held territories. Some colonies suffer more pirate raids, and the piurates end up paying dearly. The PIC is getting more and more angry, and brings out some more troops and decides that the best course of action is to give colonists firearms for free. a single gun for a single household to fend off pirates. Although this will not be done all at once, precedence is given to the first colonizers, and as such they hope to attract potential colonists. The PIC organizes their Islands into separate entities, with each island sending a delegation to the city of Novgorod-v-Atlantike, and each island be ruled by the Leutenant-Namestnik, and the PIC's president be represented by the General-Namestnik, who resides in Novgorod-v-Atlantike. each island is allowed to send one delegate (smaller) or two delegates (larger) to the General-Namestnik's residence to present their interests. although this may look democratic, it is in truth a sham democracy, with all improtant things being decided by the Namestniks, as they usually orchestrate their friends to be sent to the council. The colonies expand to the max. Here is the Colonization guide for Pskov ... the IDEAL colonial progression .
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. After decades of growth and development, we establish the Riau Islands as a vassal of our nation, elevating it from its position as a colony. We continue influencing Khmer and Lan Xang..
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.

1601
''' Despite Livonia’s best efforts, the colonies in northern Imperial Sea don't grow or become assimilated by natives due to poor supply lanes and seasonal hurricanes. '''

 Scandinavia's thing happens that Crim postponed 


 * These colonies cannot just "die off" as they have been settled for over 50 years now. The population living there is also majority Baltic, and would be resilient to assimilation. ~Rex
 * They died deal with it, you cannot support colonies. -Feud
 * Well then, make a better event. The colonists would not just "die" all of a sudden after 50 years of colonization. There are probably 7000 people living in Vȯiti Vež. Perhaps you can have the recent colonial expansion all collapse as a result of native raids to get the same effect but be more practical. Thanks, ~Rex
 * Did a bit more research, and it turns out that native raids, as Feud explained to me in Chat, are to be ruled out. There were 30k natives at this time period. They are all Taino, who experienced a 90% death rate during first contact with Europeans. So, there were 3k natives after first colonization (50 years ago), which would decline quite dramatically since the second epidemic would experience about 60% death rates, dropping them to 1200 natives. This is in the ENTIRETY of the Bahamas. Since I own islands, Let's say there are 500 remaining natives in my land. After we colonized our islands, they would've become assimilated, enslaved or relocated. The Taino are also known for being quite peaceful, and would be no match for my military (recently sent over there) to put down a rebellion of a few hundred tech-less tribesmen. ~Rex

Finally, the Sultan believes that the trade and cooperation with the Kingdom of Egypt should come to a halt and all Muslim nations must boycott the Kingdom of Egypt due to its harsh and cruel treatment of Muslims.
 * Hamburg-Holstein-Mecklenburg: Several two-decker warships are completed, all part of the Adelheid-class. This stage of fortification along the Hessian border reaches completion. A similar program begins on the Hessian border with the Hamburgian vassal of Münster, who Hesse still lays claims to even after its three failed attempts to take it. Traffic through the Kiel Canal continues smoothly, and the Øresund now rendered unnecessary to Hamburgian ships. Plans begin to be drawn up for a similar canal stretching from Lauenburg to Lübeck, essentially spanning the province of Lauenburg.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded.
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. After decades of growth and development, we establish the Riau Islands as a vassal of our nation, elevating it from its position as a colony. We continue influencing Khmer and Lan Xang..
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states - especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the construction of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman, being sparsely populated and mostly deserted, had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman too played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemenis culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa but soon this decision was reverted, and trade once again started with Bengal. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed toward Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan orders the assailants to be put to death and announces equal rights for the People of the Book living in Yemen, Iritriyā or Al-Somal. Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of Al-Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the Governor of Al-Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living by the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over Al-Somal had been gotten ridden of in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Minor ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to Al-Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Yemen - Rome Diplomacy: The diplomat sent by Rome is treated with respect and the offer by the Empire of Rome to sign a trade agreement with the Sultanate of Yemen is accepted
 * Yemen - Mansurriyya Diplomacy: The offer to grant Yemen full trading rights in the Gulf in exchange for a port at the Horn of Africa is being decided as to whether accept or not, the trade of the island of Masirah in exchange for Mansurriyya being granted land at the border between Eritrea and Romanian Puntland is accepted. The Sultan, however, rejects the offer by Mansurriyya to allow Yemeni merchants to utilise the port of Milh in exchange for Mansurriyya being granted rights to use ports all over Yemen
 * Yemen - Damascan Diplomacy: The Sultan is keen on purchasing the Damascan land by Hejaz that was previous under the control of Yemen. Damascus is in return offered economic assistance.
 * Yemen - UIN Diplomacy: Yemen fully supports the entry of Ankara as well as Diyakabir and Karaman into the United Islamic Nations. The Sultan is also keen on allowing Azerbaijan to enter the UIN.


 * Yemen - Ethiopia Diplomacy: The Sultan of Yemen requests the King of Ethiopia to allow Islam to spread in its lands and to protect all People of the Book as Yemen has done. The King of Ethiopia is reminded of Yemen and Ethiopia's long standing relations as well as the benevolence showed by the Christian King Najashi (Negus) when Muslim refugees had arrived from Mecca in 613, fleeing from the Pagans and were protected by Negus and thus the current King of Ethiopia must show similar benevolence and allow Islamic missionaries to preach Islam. [Mod Response Needed]
 * Iroquois: Due to recent trade opening up with Hispania and Britannic protection over the Iroquois, the confederation can finally be confident in its own long-term future. With that in mind, construction of defenses is slowed down, while military begins to build up. The chief begs all nations of the confederacy to send their troops to the central authority to produce a national army trained with Hispanic arms. Ties are strengthened with our vassals, and permanent settlements in the European style begin to spring up, and the forward-thinking chief turns one on the banks of Lake Onondaga into the capital by the name of Haudenosaunee (the native name for the Iroquois). Each tribe in the confederacy creates a regional capital named after their tribe. Furs begin to be traded with the Britannians and Hispanians for weapons, alcohol, horses, and other trade goods. Many conversions to Western Catholicism occur along the border with the Scandinavian colonies in Mohawk territory. Despite this, the majority of Mohawks are still shamanist. A trade jargon of Britannian, Scandinavian and Iroquoian is spoken in border settlements. (Mil-Turn)
 * ​Erie: We build up military, especially on our eastern borsperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. This expansion, however, is stunted by a massive rainforest which after years of trying to penetrate has become more costly than not diverting further exploration attempts toward the Inca territories to the west. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The unexpected guarantee of right as Spanish citizens leaves many people elated as being treated equally as the people who live in Spain. With this the Viceroy unable to hold a higher position than royalty stands by as sub-viceroy to Cristo Di Habsburg. The tradition of many people of the royal family taking up residency in the colonies is well received as one of Cristos aging uncles visits him and lives with him as the Bishop of Buenos Aires.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 50,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. Another port settlement is established in the lucrative Bay of Juarez with the settlement of Arica established at the mouth of the river and the city heading north with port facilities being established.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymaya territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Ayamara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The collective population of the protectorates is estimated at about five million between all three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top-of-the-line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top-of-the-line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade good for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoya troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The city following its massive destruction in the revolt has a mere 30,000 people living within its boundaries but it is steadily increasing.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. The colonies are provided funds to help repair from any potential hurricane damage, although it seems like most of them were spaired this time around.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising.
 * Reme: Fortifications continue being built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expanison. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. While the colony is split up by Hamburg's colony, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordinence. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To futher protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are futher fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. As existing settlements are consolidated, no further inland expansion occurs, as it is presently too dangerous to expand further than the coastal forts or outposts.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs,granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of art, poetry, or books, from native, cultural languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers. The Emperor and his wife "pass away" in the night. They were infact assassinated by a sect of pro-western Muslims within the اردو کی زمین شاہی گارڈ (Royal Guard of Urdustan), deciding that the current emperor, already nearing the end of his life, was far too anti-western, and they assassinated him so they can have more influence on the education and mindset of his children. This اردو کی زمین مغربی شاہی گارڈ exists is because they believe that they can gain control of wealthy trade should Urdustan become more open to foreign nations. (Basically, they're corrupt and want more gold.). This is, however, not reported officially, and it is simply reported that the Emperor and his wife died due to sickness (Medicine and identification of sickness isn't the best) and their unwillingness to be apart from each other during it. A large funeral is held, and they are buried within the city of Gaur, in the same area in which several Bengali Sultans were buried previously.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Nobles of Vijaynagara are now known as Urdustani Nobles, rather than simply Vijaynagara nobles. This enforces Urdustani rule over the nobility of Vijaynagara, but also allows them to fluidly move and act within all parts of Urdustan, rather than just Vijaynagara. Shipments of European weapons are diverted from Urdustani markets due to their increasingly commonness within Urdustani armies, so as to allow Vijaynagara to also have better access to advanced weapons.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed.
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective cooperation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 34, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. Bulgaria is annexed, and subsequently the name is changed to Dacia to greater represent the territory. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the newfound wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. Leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. In addition the increase in Beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. An order is placed to build 12 frigates of 64 guns, and 8 gallons of 550 tons and 78 guns. At the same time an equal number of older ships are retired from service. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Constantius now a child of 11 grows quickly. Teodora is now a child of 12 years. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav resumes growing the economy and infrastructure.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Romanian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Romanian presence.
 * China: The major defeats cripple the Chinese military. Meanwhile, many remaining regions held by the central government collapse into chaos. The Chinese economy suffers immensely at the hands of bandits and rebels. Despite these issues the army continues to fight, defending the capital and any surrounding regions. We beg any of our formal vassals and allies to aid us in this desperate hour. JJ asked me to post for him without giving me a turn, so I wrote my own China turn. Stephanus rex (talk) 23:00, August 22, 2014 (UTC)
 * County of Oldenburg: Military is expanded.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: A new monastery for the Order of Saint Theobald is set up.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 1,174,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 100,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IV dies.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The Ten Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan    Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten Year Military Build Up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperalism.  While constructing mosques on the border of Mansurryia and OTL Saudi Arabia, we saw their horrid conditions and thus we seek to bring civilization and unity under Islam and the Mosque Model by expanding 25 px into their territory.  (I found out that this was implausible, as it is uninhabitable for now) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 70 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 70 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under  Sultan Abul). With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)'''.


 *  ​ Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.''
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get  OTL Djiboti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods.
 * Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods.


 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn With the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism. Eco turn. 
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 *  Masirah Island: The governor was installed one year ago during the transitional period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate- Implementation of the Mosque Model (and port construction) Infra turn   With the Mosque Model completed in Masirah, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further fund the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism. We are also preparing to come under Yemeni governship. Eco turn.  Transfered to Yemen.
 * Omanese Port of Alexandria: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Impletementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be propsoed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * 'New Baghdad: As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to adminster New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to make new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the Governor. A plan for a road between New Baghadad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Abba, Ali Sabieh, and New Baghdad. Wells, along with Mosques, are constructed.
 * Basaso: As long with New Baghdad, the great port city of Basaso is ceded to Mansurryia, and is also ruled by the territorial Governor. As such, the Mosque Model is implemented (the traditional welcome of the Manssuryian Sultanate)  Wells are also constructed alongside mosques.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. The southern colonies in Africa are organized and named Kamerun, and continue to expand south.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle. About 100 colonists reach the island of St Otto and successfully settle the island of 300 sq km. However, in Nowy Krakow, about 300 colonists have landed on the island and created a small town with minor fortifications. The northern coast of Nowy Krakow has been secured.
 * Tensions begin to rise between Pskov and Livonia after the news that they are stealing the process by which the Pskovians manufacture ships, their primitive assembly line methods, specialization. Meanwhile, the economic booms allow for a larger growth of the Pskovian Fleet. Hoping to suplant the Netherlands, its primary competitor in europe, the Pskovians begin to take advantage of the slow regression of the Dutch economically, they begin to start purchasing quasi-independant bank branches perviously loyal to the Netehrlands. The Pskov Imperial Company continues to construct its arsenal in Novoprussiysk gaining it the unique status of Shipyard-town, now officialy one of the five "Urban"[1] settlements of Pskov. The Large Influx of Capital and gold begin to incentivise more and more merchants to invest in better and more efficient methods of transformation of goods in Pskov rather than the resale and purchase of more, giving them more say in the produicts they provide, making them more active in the production process. Due to this, the average wages of  workers continue to rise at a rate unseen in most european nations, as many decide to turn to increasing proidcutivity, effectiveness, and leisure time. Some mechanization is done by the use of water wheels in the many rivers of Pskov, but many begin using more efficient methods of production, some traders even emulating the Arsenal with primitive assembly lines for complicated products, but many do not take off. As the PIC's influence grows, and it does, especially after the victories over the Prussian Pirates, in which the Pskovian IMperial Company (PIC) shows off its first ever galleons, of which they now have three, the Sale of sugarcane becomes more prevalent in Pskov, as the PIC constructs more farms on more islands. The less wealthy, mainly some merchants that snuck away some sugarcane, begin to experiment with turning it into, you guessed it, alcohol, with some succeding in distilling the substance did so on a fluke, never to repeat their success, but they keep trying, for now they know it is possible. Speaking of Alcohol, Mead and vodka become major exports after a group of firends decide that it would be a very good idea to start seloling it abroad, seeing the popularity fo the substances overseas, and pull together to buy some land, and build one, big building with many distilleries, and, with the help of both the bank of Pskov, and their life savings, the people begin to distill vodka, and mead (along with just honey), having purchased both a giant building, and many, many bees to produce the honey for the mead. They buy a ship, and under the name "Nizhegorodskaya Medovikha" begin selling their mead, and start to think about using the same process to raise funds as the PIC, stocks ... this might just become a trend and an incentive to establish ... a stock exchange. Meanwhile, the ban on displacement is lifted after the census is completed, and given to the Census House to complete, It is done by the end of the year, and the results announced. The Nation in splunged into Suffering as The Knyaz, Dimitri the Defender, dies of his old age this year. He is given a memorial and a statue is built at the entrance of the city in his honour as the man who defended the freedom of the city of Pskov against the foreign hordes. After a month of sadness and mounring, the Veche convenes and choses another Prince, Leonid Petrovich Zaytsev, the great grandson of the Young Hare, Knyaz Vladimir Zaytsev. Leonid Petrovich is Named by the grace of people and veche Knyaz of Pskov.
 * The Results of the 1600-1602 census are as follows
 * The City of Pskov: Population 299,867
 * The City of Nizhegorodsk: Na-Narve, Population 148,563
 * The City of Ostrov: Population 53,621
 * The City of Luki: Population 20,476
 * The Shipyard-Town of Novoprussiysk: Population 12,633
 * Population Under the Governance of the Pskov Imperial Company: 1246
 * Total Urban Population: 502,160[1]
 * Total Rural Population: 262,054[1]
 * Urban/Rural Percent: 65.7% Urban[1] ; 34.3% Rural[1]
 * Total Population: 764 214
 * [1] A Note on Rural/Urban: The Urban Population is defined as the population resting in the five largest population centers of the Pskov Republiuc, those who have, instead of a church or churches, a Russian Orthodox Cathedral, These Five "Cities" are Pskov, Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve, Ostrov, Luki, and new on this list, the Shipyard-Town of Novoprussiysk. While Pskov and Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve can truly be considered cities and urban centers, Novoprussiysk is simnplya large shiupyard used primarily by the PIC, and most industry has something to do with the colonial posessions. Trade from the colonies stops there first to take inventory before being shipped all over the republic. It was added to the Cities list by the request of the PIC when they funded a cathedral in the town square, to indicate their dominance. The Others, Luki and Ostrov, can barely be considered more than an exteremely large farming community, almost like a very large rural town, but are nevertheless considered "Cities" and thus urban by virtue of their population. Although this is changing, Ostrov will soon face decline due to the enlargement of Pskov. Many new settlers arrived around the city of Ostrov and Luki and said they lived there, constributing to its city status, while they may live twenty or so km away from the city center. I am saying that even if it says "city" a lot of its popuilation may still be living in rural-like environments, focusing on agriculture. Rural population is simply defined as people living outside the stated area of the five cities.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company: Continues to build its Arsenal in the City of Novorprussiysk, and uses ships built there to fight the pirates in the Quasi War. The three man o' war galleons launched this year for the sole purpase of wiping out some pirates, alonmg with some brigs and frigates, begin to defend the trade and colonies. The battle of Novostrovks with the pirates marks the first time a large pirate fleet is destroyed, and at the hands of the PIC no less, giving it more and more credibility. The PIC begins to trade more internationally, and it builds a trade office in Amsterdam, as if to spite its competing nation. The PIC begins to buy more and more of the industries and land surrounding the city of Novoprussiysk, and starts to intensify its colonization campaign, creating incentives for people to go. More poeple begin to sign up for colonization after the PIC proves its worth in the quasi war. More colonists line up with the proimise of free land and a household firearm, many rural and urban families leaving their third and fourth sons and their families with next to nothing. As a result of better colonial protection, growth of sugarcane farms, and the rest, the territory controlled by the PIC increases its maximum this year, 500 sq km. Meanwhile, the PIC gets wind of some merchants under its rule stealing some sugarcane, and begin their own internal investigation. The stock prices of the PIC skyrocket after the succeses against the pirates, the company having proved it can defend its interests agains those that do its business harm. all damage done by pirates is repaired. The stock sale increases the company's funds, as it establishes Novoprussiysk as its first port of entry, and the Veche of Pskov sends people there to check inventory. Its use of printed bills of sale is also a great addition to its business.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1602, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 36, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed aonverting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Henning. Apart from masses, he is rarely seen in public, preferring to remain in the Episcopal Palace and run the country. Whilst this has led to an improvement in government efficiency, many are dissatisfied with his boringness.
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We finish vassalizing Nepal by sending the last of monks into their nation. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining. The king's son marries a women with the name of Min.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Suri Empire: Economy is built up, and borders are fortified.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1600, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 34, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. Franz-Albert's possible homosexuality rises once more when several nobles discuss rumors concerning male courtiers spending excessive amounts of time in Franz-Albert's bedchambers. The rumors falter out by year's end.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1599, Queen Isabell university continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert and Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. In governmental news, Edmund von Jülich and Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach continue to be married.
 * New Pomerania: We continue to set up defences and prepare for a coming war (already authorized by our Old Worlder overlords). Injun militias who are also threatened by the raids decide to take up arms alongside white colonists, and it can be noted that many of these Injuns are mixed is one way or another. We decide to set up a Colonial Coast Guard to crack down on piracy, or to at least keep it off our immediate shorlines, as due to the unfortunate lack of funds the amount of privateers on payroll diwndle. To make up for lost funds the governor decides to implement a land-tax system that every planter with more than 60 acres must give to the colony 5% of his crop, and for those with more than 100 acres it is 8%. We also notice a significant decrease in colonists, as many were of ethnicities fleeing Germanification, but now most homelands are free and so the main source of our population are home-born, German immigrants, and incorporated Natives. We finish declaring our hegemony over OTL Eleuthera and expand inland 15 px.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories. However, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. The colonies are provided funds to help repair from any potential hurricane damage, although it seems like most of them were spaired this time around.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising.
 * Reme: Fortifications continue being built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expanison. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. While the colony is split up by Hamburg's colony, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordnance. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To further isolate and starve out the pirates, the colonial authorities move in and establish a few bases around the OTL Florida Keys and OTL Tampa Bay in order to limit the ability of pirates to move their ships or establish bases of their own.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. The southern colonies in Africa are organized and named Kamerun, and continue to expand south.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle. About 100 colonists reach the island of St Otto and successfully settle the island of 300 sq km. However, in Nowy Krakow, about 300 colonists have landed on the island and created a small town with minor fortifications. The northern coast of Nowy Krakow has been secured.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begin to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Hispanian navy finishes its first group of its new two-decker ships, a major departure from its previous designs and being much much more effective in combat than any other nations current craft and with new cannons even rivaling some of the Chinese designs.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Auditore Gun company opens up several works in Spain proper becoming one of the exceptions to Spain's merchantilist policies. This leads to further employment of Spanish peoples so the parliament decides to pay for the migration of Auditore Firearms main office to Madrid. The current leading family member, Rodrigo Auditore agrees leaving his offices in italy attended to by family. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly 9 million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. This expansion, however, is stunted by a massive rainforest which after years of trying to penetrate has become more costly than not diverting further exploration attempts toward the Inca territories to the west. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The unexpected guarantee of right as Spanish citizens leaves many people elated as being treated equally as the people who live in Spain. With this the Viceroy unable to hold a higher position than royalty stands by as sub-viceroy to Cristo Di Habsburg. The tradition of many people of the royal family taking up residency in the colonies is well received as one of Cristos aging uncles visits him and lives with him as the Bishop of Buenos Aires.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25  px. The colony's population expands to around 50,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. Another port settlement is established in the lucrative Bay of Juarez with the Settlement of Arica established at the mouth of the river and the city heading north with port facilities being established.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines Expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymaya territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Ayamara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The collective population of the protectorates is estimated at about five million between all three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top-of-the-line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top-of-the-line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoya troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The city following its massive destruction in the revolt has a mere 20,000 people living within its boundaries but it is steadily increasing.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Dan, now a man of 32, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The location of the capital has become an issue, as its relative isolation from Moldavia and distance from much of Wallachia and Transylvania cause inefficiency. Dan decides it is for the best to relocate the capital to Galati, a city located on the Moldavian-Wallachian border. The city is known for its university and as a nice trade town in the foothills of the mountains. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the newfound wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. Leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. In addition the increase in Beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Constantius now a child of 9 grows quickly. Teodora is now a child of 10 years. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well. The population also booms like Romania’s population.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav resumes repairing the economy and infrastructure.
 * Romanian Somali: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Romanian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Romanian presence.
 * China: The major defeats cripple the Chinese military. Meanwhile, many remaining regions held by the central government collapse into chaos. The Chinese economy suffers immensely at the hands of bandits and rebels. Despite these issues the army continues to fight, defending the capital and any surrounding regions. We beg any of our formal vassals and allies to aid us in this desperate hour. JJ asked me to post for him without giving me a turn, so I wrote my own China turn. Stephanus rex (talk) 22:26, August 20, 2014 (UTC)
 * Pskov's economy continues to boom as merchants continue to quickly gain capital, and slowly start investing it elsewhere. More semi-independent bank branches open in many parts of Europe. Pskovian Merchants start using "bills of exchange" as credit payments, and many Pskovian bills become as good as legal tender in many European cities, being able to be paid upon the landing of a Pskovian merchant in port, or at a Pskovian bank. The Pskov Imperial Company is granted a monoply on american trade and essentially the ability to establish colonies in Pskov. Andrei Feodosievich Golosov, while studying magents, discovers the earth's magnetic field, and proves that the earth is in fact a magnet, with a north and south pole to which compases and magnets point if attatched to a string. his work is published in Russia and Europe, in Latin of course, and the university pays for this. The Pskov university grows. Meanwhile, the census starts as people are asked about family, income, religion, and other things. Meanwhile, the Veche continues to grow and the Pskov Imperial Company does something truly new to raise money, it isses the first shares to the open public in its trade houses, that gives the people the ability to invest the company and get returns over time. Meanwhile, the Pskovian Veche spends more money on research. Average wages raise ever so slightly and worker productivity improves. A few more merchants start using water wheels to automate some of their production, and gain good on it. Productivity goes slightly up. Diplomats are sent to Livonia to speak of Colonies.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company continues to trade and benefits greatly form the powers granted to it by the Veche, trading with many colonies in America and establiushing offices in a few capitals such as stockholm and trading with other nations, bringing employment to Pskov. The PIC purchases an entire shipyard and starts upgrading it to an arsenal (the one in NovoPrussiysk). The Colonies expand to their maximum thanks to the efforts of the PIC and the Colony expansion template for Pskov is in the same Imgur album as before. Meanwhile, More money is made via selling sugarcane and is sold across Europe, and some people in Russia start experimenting, like that lad long ago, with distilling sugarcane into alcohol, as are the couple hundred inhabitants of Pskov's colonies. The Pskov Imperial Company is getting increasingly worried about the pirate raids that happen on the colonies, and Prussian pirates attacking their ships, with a ship full of gold and spices and sugarcane being raided and sunk by a band of pirates, who also managed to temporarily occupy one of the fledgling island-farms. The PIC pledges to fight the pirates and beefs up its ships for military use. The PIC vows to become powerful enough in the future to wage war and enforce the colonial Interests of Pskov. Following the pirate raids, the PIC brings in 200 soldiers and buys them arms to protect the colonies, and start construction of a naval fort on the largest colonized island. This military buildup is supported by the sale of shares of the Company, a new innovation to attract money and investment.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the ruralmost areas of France./
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes on 65 against 35 on withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal of Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes.  Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of art, poetry or books, from native, cultural languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Nobles of Vijaynagara are now known as Urdustani Nobles, rather than simply Vijaynagara nobles. This enforces Urdustani rule over the nobility of Vijaynagara, but also allows them to fluidly move and act within all parts of Urdustan, rather than just Vijaynagara. Shipments of European weapons are diverted from Urdustani markets due to their increasingly commonness within Urdustani armies, so as to allow Vijaynagara to also have better access to advanced weapons.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate:  The Ten Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan  ' Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten Year Military Build Up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperalism.  While constructing mosques on the border of Mansurryia and OTL Saudi Arabia, we saw their horrid conditions and thus we seek to bring civilization and unity under Islam and the Mosque Model by expanding 25 px into their territory.  (I found out that this was implausible, as it is uninhabitable for now) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there.''
 *  ​ Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.''
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get  OTL Djiboti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure.
 * Oman:' Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn With the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which   fuels imperialism. Eco turn.
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Masirah Island: The governor was installed one year ago during the transitional period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate- Implementation of the Mosque Model (and port construction) Infra turn With the Mosque Model completed in Masirah, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further fund the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism. We are also preparing to come under Yemeni governship. Eco turn.
 * Omanese Port of Alexandria: The Governor was installed one year ago during the trasnitional period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Impletementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be propsoed, negoatiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.

1602
'''A small fleet of privately-owned commercial trade ships from various companies and colonies from around the Imperial Sea, aided by a small detachment of Spanish ships and various vessels supplied by provincial governments, begin an undeclared war against the colony of New Prussia. Known as the Quasi War, the conflict Is fought entirely on the seas against Prussian supported pirates. After a year of fighting, many of the most predominate pirates are captured or killed. The war, however, ends in a stunning display by a combined Spanish and Roman fleet which levels the colony wiping it off the map.'''

'''Leading figures in Kotte ask the Dutch government a second time for independence, after being ignored the first time. The rule of Raigaman law in both Kotte and Raigama is quite low due to austerity measures, like the cutting back of the armed forces.'''


 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongols continue to fortify their borders and expand their military, though it's decided that they will stop expanding their military in 1605. The population of Nestorians continues to grow, and nativist Tengiist populations grow as well. Along with the Chinese refugees comes a considerable amount of Jurchen refugees fleeing from the decades of chaos in the tribal lands bordering the Mongol Khanate. The Khanate's cities begin swelling in population thanks to both the refugees from China and the considerable wealth of trade with the Tartary.
 * Damascan Sultanate:  Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 52. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 399,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 262,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 33. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 25.4 million. Navy expands. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Economic supplies is requested from all members in the UIN. Economic supplies is requested to all allies of the Damascan Sultanate. 'Karaman and Damascus begin to become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Karaman, being the most Arab, therefore becomes closer to Damascus, and Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 271,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 40,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Hamburg-Holstein-Mecklenburg: work on improving the economy begins with improvement to the port facilities. Hamburg takes notice of the events south of Neu Hamburg, and begins diverting funds to prevent piracy in its territorial waters. A series of harbor defenses begins construction in the colonies in order to provide more protection. Trade with Poland, Prussia and Livonia increase. An expedition from Neu Hamburg lands on the eastern shore of the island of OTL Great Inagua. An outpost is established, named Stadt am Wasser (translation: city on the water) and begins expanding through the rest of the island. Later, an act incorporates the island into the colony of Karsland.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded.
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We finish vassalizing Nepal by sending the last of monks into their nation. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining. The king's son marries a women of the name Min.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Because Scar had asked for someone to play for him as he is on vacation, I decided to temporarily play for him RexImperio (talk) 10:02, August 22, 2014 (UTC)
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states - especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the construction of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman, being sparsely populated and mostly deserted, had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman too played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemenis culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa but soon this decision was reverted, and trade once again started with Bengal. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed toward Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan orders the assailants to be put to death and announces equal rights for the People of the Book living was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of Al-Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the governor of Al-Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living by the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the Militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over Al-Somal had been gotten ridden of in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Minor ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to Al-Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Roman Diplomacy: Faced with the possibility of Yemeni control of the Red Sea, Roman diplomats arrive at Yemen to negotiate trading treaties.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, Margaret von Habsburg, that had been married to Infante Afonso previously, gives birth to a girl, who is named Urraca.
 * Damascan Sultanate:  Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 50. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 391,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 258,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 31. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 25.3 million. Navy expands. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Economic supplies is requested from all members in the UIN. Economic supplies is requested to all allies of the Damascan Sultanate. 'With the eco help, the Sultanate can get back on its feet officially. Sulimen II patches his ties with Karaman officially. Diyabakir begins to come around but will take time. Ankara seems a bit hostile toward Damascus still.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 271,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 40,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongols fortify their borders and expand their military. The Mongols continue to convert to Nestorian Christianity at a steady pace, which is helped by a Tartar missionary providing Bibles translated into Mongolian. The expansion of Tengrism is helped by a wealthy Mongolian publishing what could be called a "Tengriist Bible". The Chinese community in Mongolia continues to expand as more and more people try to escape the chaos of their homeland. Many of these people bring their money and valuables with them, which provides a boost to the economy.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,578,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (101,000), followed by Peru (56,000), Machu Picchu (44,000), Chimu (27,000) and Sican (23,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the child's mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu.
 * 'Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 180,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 20,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 10,000.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 1,061,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 100,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon VII and Mon VIII, the twins of Mon V and a mulatto woman, declare themselves Rikisisi. Mon VII travels north to asist the old Mon IV in his expansions.
 * Raigama:  After about ten years of the economic recession, the Raigaman economy seems to finally almost be as restored as before . Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure are improved. King Samir Venkata Akash (Samir I) dies at age 68, due to old age (and questionable medical treatments). A large ceremony takes place and many citizens mourn. Of his many children, the oldest son, Samir Venkata Navin Prabhat Akash (Samir II) takes the throne. Samir II believes in a more self-reliable government. Traders being to come back to Raigama. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influenece Raigama. Taking a different approach from his father, and trying to avoid another recession, Samir II begins to invest in a very small navy of larger ships. The new king also orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decomissioned and removed (melted). The Raigama army increases, more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons.Population increases. The navy is ordered to explore more around India.
 * Kotte: Due to the King's death, a minority group in Kotte begin a petition for independence that was quickly shot down by both Kotte and Raigaman governments. Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure.
 * Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte begins to expand again. The colony expands 500 sq. km.
 * You didn't post for some time, so that period will count as economic limbo instead of improvement. Also, you have a noncompliant nation in your interiors which will drain you. Your economy has not recovered. As for the independence groups: they were there before the king's death, and will probably, given current sentiment, petition the Dutch again for independence.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * In the Hercogiste Līvõmō (Duchy of Livonia) a royal wedding is arranged. Maunas Vaalgamaast, the eldest son and heir to the Livonian ducal throne, is announced to be wed to Princess Kristina Szczuka of Poland-Lithuania, the second in line to the throne of that kingdom. This news comes at the same time that the aging Casimir III is becoming very ill, and his son is supposedly always very ill. Kristina and Maunas bring the two nations closer together, especially as the union between Moscow and Poland-Lithuania is growing farther apart after a large war. The Livonian language is used more and more in Poland, and begins to catch on as a second language. In Riga, the newly opened mint and docks help boost trade, especially with Gdansk after the royal marriage. In Wenden, brewing boosts the economy and adds industry to the region. The army bases in both Vȯiti Vež and Kōlaisa Jõugõisa are under construction. Meanwhile, Jaagup announces that he will be freeing all serfs who serve for five years or more in the Livonian Army. This increases our army drastically. The population rate increases, as serf-free labor will be in high demand shortly and parents want to capitalize on their kids' labor. Meanwhile, the colonies are also doing well. In Vȯiti Vež, expansion into OTL Andros (ATL Tilbrēḑig) continues. In Kōlaisa Jõugõisa, expansion takes place in Antigua (ATL Tēḑ) and Barbuda (ATL Uddi). In Saare-Laane, the Count announces that he will seek greater unity with Livonia and begins to incorporate Livonian language into local governments. In Courland, the new vassals begin to reduce serfdom, incorporate the Livonian language, and increase farming.
 * Yes, I do own Courland.
 * No controlling other people's nations. 
 * ​Ayutthaya: Expansion into Taungoo discontinues and we pull completely out of the region to hope to keep good relations with Hispania. We continue to increase our military size and we look into influencing the region of Aceh (Turn One of Six). We make sure that the people of Lanna still have a high amount of respect for Ayutthaya and that their population is stable. We continue to heighten our export of Saltpetre.
 * County of Oldenburg: There are great celebrations for the dawn of the new century. The economy gets a boost from good fur, fish and whale profits for the OHG. Unfertigkeit art gains a more mainstream following.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Assistant Bishop is still not much fun. He does not attend the Buhnefest for the second year ru in Yemen, Iritriyā o rAl-Somal and to prove that all the people would be treated equally, he orders the construction of the Church of Al Yemen (Turn Two of Five); a move which angers many clerics but most of them restrain from protesting at the thought of being beheaded for treachery. Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of Al-Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the Governor of Al-Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living by the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over Al-Somal had been gotten ridden of in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Minor ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to Al-Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Yemen - Rome Diplomacy: The diplomat sent by Rome is treated with respect and the offer by the Empire of Rome to sign a trade agreement with the Sultanate of Yemen is accepted
 * Yemen - Mansurriyya Diplomacy: The offer to grant Yemen full trading rights in the Gulf in exchange for a port at the Horn of Africa is being decided as to whether accept or not, the trade of the island of Masirah in exchange for Mansurriyya being granted land at the border between Eritrea and Romanian Puntland is accepted. The Sultan, however, rejects the offer by Mansurriyya to allow Yemeni merchants to utilise the port of Milh in exchange for Mansurriyya being granted rights to use ports all over Yemen
 * Yemen - Damascan Diplomacy: The Sultan is keen on purchasing the Damascan land by Hejaz that was previous under the control of Yemen. Damascus is in return offered economic assistance
 * Yemen - UIN Diplomacy: Yemen fully supports the entry of Ankara as well as Diyakabir and Karaman into the United Islamic Nations. The Sultan is also keen on allowing Azerbaijan to enter the UIN. Finally, the Sultan believes that the trade and cooperation with the Kingdom of Egypt should come to a halt and all Muslim nations must boycott the Kingdom of Egypt due to its harsh and cruel treatment of Muslims
 * Yemen - Ethiopia Diplomacy: The Sultan of Yemen requests the King of Ethiopia to allow Islam to spread in its lands and to protect all People of the Book as Yemen has done. The King of Ethiopia is reminded of Yemen and Ethiopia's long standing relations as well as the benevolence showed by the Christian King Najashi (Negus) when Muslim refugees had arrived from Mecca in 613, fleeing from the Pagans and were protected by Negus and thus the current King of Ethiopia must show similar benevolence and allow Islamic missionaries to preach Islam. [MOD RESPONSE NEEDED]
 * Damascan - Yemen Diplomacy: The Sultan declares that Damascus won't be issuing any territory in the relatively distant future due to the recent loss of lands in Anatolia. However we thank Yemen for the economic assistance and will not forget their favor.
 * UIN - Yemen Diplomacy: The ruling Sultan of the UIN, the Damascan Sultan, Sulimen II, would like to remind Yemen, that Azerbaijan is already part of the UIN, due to the fact that Damascus controls it as a vassal state. The UIN Sultan disapproves of Ankara joining the UIN as they recently ceded from one of the main powers of the UIN, the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the ruralmost areas of France
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes on 65 against 35 on withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal of Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Vorlayacor: Northwest expansion continues. This year features intense training for the military, with a recruitment campaign beginning in the Northwest Provinces to help diversify the military and prevent the ethnic strife of a few years ago. There are also expansions to the nation's forts and roads.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Iroquois: Due to recent trade opening up with Hispania and Britannic protection over the Iroquois, the confederation can finally be confident in its own long-term future. With that in mind, construction of defenses is slowed down, while military begins to build up. The chief begs all nations of the confederacy to send their troops to the central authority to produce a national army trained with Hispanic arms. Ties are strengthened with our vassals, and permanent settlements in the European style begin to spring up, and the forward-thinking chief turns one on the banks of Lake Onondaga into the capital by the name of Haudenosaunee (the native name for the Iroquois). Each tribe in the confederacy creates a regional capital named after their tribe. Furs begin to be traded with the Britannians and Hispanians for weapons, alcohol, horses, and other trade goods. Many conversions to Western Catholicism occur along the border with the Scandinavian colonies in Mohawk territory. Despite this, the majority of Mohawks are still shamanist. A trade jargon of Britannian, Scandinavian, and Iroquoian is spoken in border settlements. (Mil-Turn)
 * ​Erie: We build up military, especially on our eastern border and build closer relations with the Iroquois. (Mil-Turn)
 * Susquehanna: We build up military, especially on our western border and build closer relations with the Iroquois. (Mil-Turn)
 * Albrecht_Altdorfer_037.jpg the Hercogiste Līvõmō (Duchy of Livonia), the art school of Vīsvaldis Šimoneitgood is thriving. His school begins to accept people from around the region, as well as offering courses for people who do not intend to become full-time artists but do wish to practice their artistic skills. The increased attention is invested into what Šimoneitgood calls "Siām Kizāndõks," or "Questioning the Heart." Commonly refered to as Questionism, this art form is quite unique and is very similar to OTL Barouque art. Meanwhile, the economy is growing at a steady rate due to a number of factors, including increases in production, colonial trade, and good trade deals with Poland as the anticipation of Dynastic Union approaches. Some expansion in Vȯiti Vež takes place, but the emphasis this year is on the more stable Kōlaisa Jõugõisa. The shipyards at Riga work with locally minted Reichtalers to produce topclass ships at a fast rate, adopting some measures stolen from Pskovian engineers (notably, specialization). Brewing near Wenden continues, as does the littering of the countryside with thousands of water mills. The emancipation of serfs continues as expected.
 * Kuramo and Saare-Lääne both grow closer to Livonian culture, with emancipation underway in both states and the spread of Livonian taking place in both nations. Both nations expand economically.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate As hunters become herders or farmers, the economy improves, assisted by the discovery of new iron mines in the south. Gunsmiths, still recalling their skills from the L'nu or Mississipia, recommence the production of guns for the military as the government supplies them with iron. By the end of the year, three more sachems have been added, bringing the total to six. The expanding population claims another 5000 km, while efforts to unite with the Moose Cree and Eastern Cree (Turn Two of Five and One of Four) continue. Cassina and potato cultivation increase. The old shipyards on Aksimiki Island also begin building ships again. At present only three ships are held by the nation, although one is a modern Oldenburger-built whaler. Smaller fishing boats bring in a huge catch this year, and fishing camps are built at Winipakw (OTL Arviat). Bowhead whales, caribou herding and white fox trapping make this profitable, and many move north.
 * Suri Empire: Military is built up, while borders are still being fortified.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Hispanian navy finishes its first group of its new two-decker ships, a major departure from its previous designs and being much much more effective in combat than any other nations current craft and with new cannons even rivaling some of the Chinese designs.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Auditore Gun company opens up several works in Spain proper becoming one of the exceptions to Spain's merchantilist policies. This leads to further employment of Spanish peoples so the parliament decides to pay for the migration of Auditore Firearms main office to Madrid. The current leading family member, Rodrigo Auditore agrees leaving his offices in italy attended to by family. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain are developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly 9 million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of ce Damascan Sultanate) -- SwankyJ (talk)
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. After decades of growth and development, we establish the Riau Islands as a vassal of our nation, elevating it from its position as a colony. We continue influencing Khmer and Lan Xang..
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.

1603
Seminole natives move into the former Prussian colonial territory establishing a new organized tribal state within the remnants of the colony.


 * Hamburg-Holstein-Mecklenburg: Military and economy improve. The territory on OTL Great Inagua expands by 20 px through the rest of the island.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded.
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. After decades of growth and development, we establish the Riau Islands as a vassal of our nation, elevating it from its position as a colony. We continue influencing Khmer and Lan Xang..
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. We accept the alliance from Prussia.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. We accept the alliance from Prussia.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongols continue to fortify their borders and expand their military, though it's decided that they will stop expanding their military in 1605. The population of Nestorians continues to grow, and nativist Tengiist populations grow as well. Along with the Chinese refugees comes a considerable amount of Jurchen refugees fleeing from the decades of chaos in the tribal lands bordering the Mongol Khanate. The Khanate's cities continue swelling in population thanks to both the refugees from China and the considerable wealth of trade with the Tartary.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 1,235,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 100,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the ruralmost areas of France
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes on 65 against 35 on withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal of Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Suri Empire: Military and infrastructure are built up, while borders are still being fortified.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate; Gun and iron production continues and expands. The military is fully supplied with firearms, and proves much more effective in consequence. They also begin to retrain as cavalry, using horses and caribou. After the government realizes that an even number of joint rulers tends to result in deadlock, a seventh sachem is added to the ruling group. Efforts to unite with the Moose Cree and Eastern Cree (Turn Three of Five and Two of Four) continue. Cassina and potato cultivation increase. The old L'nu shipyards continue producing ships on the model of the Oldenburger-built one, although completion will take several years. Winipakw expands 200 km south, while the main nation expands 4000 km.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states - especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the construction of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman, being sparsely populated and mostly deserted, had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with the Damascus Sultanate although trade with Bengal, Mansuriyya, Roman Empire and Bengal too played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemenis culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa but soon this decision was reverted, and trade once again started with Bengal. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed toward Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan orders the assailants to be put to death and announces equal rights for the People of the Book living in Yemen, Iritriyā or Al-Somal and to prove that all the people would be treated equally, he orders the construction of the Church of Al Yemen (Turn Two of Five); a move which angers many clerics but most of them restrain from protesting at the thought of being beheaded for treachery. Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of Al-Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the Governor of Al-Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living by the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over Al-Somal had been gotten ridden of in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Minor ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to Al-Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * RexImperio - UglyTurtle: You gave me Masirah in exchange for land in Africa. Then I gave you a port at tip of Horn of Africa and you gave me a port at Something Abbas. This is what we agreed on, nothing less no more. If your view differs from mine then for the moment, refrain from RPing for your colony in Africa and the port. If not, then carry on
 * Yemen - Ethiopia Diplomacy: The Sultan of Yemen requests the King of Ethiopia to allow Islam to spread in its lands and to protect all People of the Book as Yemen has done. The King of Ethiopia is reminded of Yemen and Ethiopia's long standing relations as well as the benevolence showed by the Christian King Najashi (Negus) when Muslim refugees had arrived from Mecca in 613, fleeing from the Pagans and were protected by Negus and thus the current King of Ethiopia must show similar benevolence and allow Islamic missionaries to preach Islam. [MOD RESPONSE NEEDED]
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We finish vassalizing Nepal by sending the last of monks into their nation. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining. The king's son marries a women of the name Min.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Because Scar had asked for someone to play for him as he is on vacation, I decided to temporarily play for him RexImperio (talk) 17:33, August 23, 2014 (UTC)
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs,granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of art, poetry, or books, from native, cultural languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers. With the death of the Emperor, and the relatively young age of the twin princes (12), a council is devised to take control of the country from a mix of officials from all parts of Urdustan and its vassals. The pro-Western group of the اردو کی زمین رائل گرین گارڈز is sought for by the council for approval of this temporary regency council, setting up a precident of greater politicizing of the اردو کی زمین رائل گرین گارڈز.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Nobles of Vijaynagara are now known as Urdustani Nobles, rather than simply Vijaynagara nobles. This enforces Urdustani rule over the nobility of Vijaynagara, but also allows them to fluidly move and act within all parts of Urdustan, rather than just Vijaynagara. Shipments of European weapons are diverted from Urdustani markets due to their increasingly commonness within Urdustani armies, so as to allow Vijaynagara to also have better access to advanced weapons.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues.
 * As for those wondering why Croatia is a tsardom all of a sudden, it happened in 1589. However, I gave EIP the old base post which is why it seemed as if Slovenia weren't annexed (although it was) and other things. -Sky
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,6350,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (101,000), followed by Peru (56,000), Machu Picchu (44,000), Chimu (27,000) and Sican (23,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the child's mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu.
 * 'Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 180,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, Navy, and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 20,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 10,000
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Hispanian navy finishes its first group of its new two-decker ships, a major departure from its previous designs and being much much more effective in combat than any other nations current craft and with new cannons even rivaling some of the Chinese designs.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Auditore Gun company opens up several works in Spain proper becoming one of the exceptions to Spain's merchantilist policies. This leads to further employment of Spanish peoples so the parliament decides to pay for the migration of Auditore Firearms main office to Madrid. The current leading family member, Rodrigo Auditore agrees leaving his offices in italy attended to by family. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly 9 million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. This expansion, however, is stunted by a massive rainforest which after years of trying to penetrate has become more costly than not diverting further exploration attempts toward the Inca territories to the west. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The unexpected guarantee of right as Spanish citizens leaves many people elated as being treated equally as the people who live in Spain. With this the Viceroy unable to hold a higher position than royalty stands by as sub-viceroy to Cristo Di Habsburg. The tradition of many people of the royal family taking up residency in the colonies is well received as one of Cristos aging uncles visits him and lives with him as the Bishop of Buenos Aires.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 50,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. Another port settlement is established in the lucrative Bay of Juarez with the settlement of Arica established at the mouth of the river and the city heading north with port facilities being established.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymaya territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Ayamara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The collective population of the protectorates is estimated at about five million between all three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top-of-the line-ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top-of-the-line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade good for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoya troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The city following its massive destruction in the revolt has a mere 30,000 people living within its boundaries but it is steadily increasing.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1603, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 37, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1599, Queen Isabell university continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. In governmental news, Edmund von Jülich and Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach continue to be married.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to military. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to military. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. We ask the nation of Urdustan if we can buy the ports of Cochin, Nagapatam, Pulicat, Masulipatam, and Calcutta (all OTL Dutch or European settlements) for the purpose of constructing trade posts in India.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 35, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. Bulgaria is annexed, and subsequently the name is changed to Dacia to greater represent the territory. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the newfound wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. Leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. In addition the increase in Beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Constantius, now a child of 12, grows quickly. Teodora is now a child of 13 years. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav resumes growing the economy and infrastructure.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Romanian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Romanian presence.
 * China: The major defeats cripple the Chinese military. Meanwhile, many remaining regions held by the central government collapse into chaos. The Chinese economy suffers immensely at the hands of bandits and rebels. Despite these issues the army continues to fight, defending the capital and any surrounding regions. We beg any of our formal vassals and allies to aid us in this desperate hour. JJ asked me to post for him without giving me a turn, so I wrote my own China turn. Stephanus rex (talk) 22:59, August 23, 2014 (UTC)
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. With the colonies largely placated at the moment and needing to consolidate, Thomas II turns his attentions to Anatolia. After gathering allies, Roman troops invade Cappadocia with popular support, as the region is full of Greeks. Siege weapons are brought along to deal with the occasional castle, yet few are present.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising. As a result of Bulgaria being annexed, the Serbs are a bit afraid, as they are unable to resist the Dacians on their own. As a result, the Serbs ask for annexation to the Empire, although a notable few resist. At the moment there is nothing, and as such it is peaceful. For now.
 * Reme: Fortifications continue being built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expanison. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. While the colony is split up by Hamburg's colony, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordinence. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To futher protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are futher fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. As existing settlements are consolidated, no further inland expansion occurs, as it is presently too dangerous to expand further than the coastal forts or outposts.
 * County of Oldenburg: About twenty families migrate to Neu Norderney. Some decide to live in the main town of Jacqueline, but about a third journey out into the hinterland to set up farms. The economy expands, and the Jade Bank branch in Jacqueline begins offering loans to newly arrived settlers to set up farms or businesses. Work begins on a small synagogue in Jacqueline for the Jewish bankers of the Jade Bank and their families to worship at.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The new Order of Saint Theobald monastery gets to work training would-be missionaries. A group of converted Neu Norderney natives is brought over to assist the students in learning the native languages and customs; very helpful if one is not to be killed.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate:  The Ten Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan   Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten Year Military Build Up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperalism.  While constructing mosques on the border of Mansurryia and OTL Saudi Arabia, we saw their horrid conditions and thus we seek to bring civilization and unity under Islam and the Mosque Model by expanding 25 px into their territory.  (I found out that this was implausible, as it is uninhabitable for now) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 70 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 70 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul) With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)'''
 * Mansuryian Sultanate:  The Ten Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan   Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten Year Military Build Up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperalism.  While constructing mosques on the border of Mansurryia and OTL Saudi Arabia, we saw their horrid conditions and thus we seek to bring civilization and unity under Islam and the Mosque Model by expanding 25 px into their territory.  (I found out that this was implausible, as it is uninhabitable for now) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 70 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 70 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul) With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)'''


 *  ​ Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.''
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get  OTL Djibuti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods.
 * Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods.

''
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn With the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism. Eco turn.
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 *  Masirah Island:   The governor was installed one year ago during the transitional period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate- Implementation of the Mosque Model (and port construction) Infra turn   With the Mosque Model completed in Masirah, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further fund the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism. We are also preparing to come under Yemeni governship. Eco turn.  Transfered to Yemen.
 * Omanese Port of Alexandria: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * New Baghdad: 'As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to adminster New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to make new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghadad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Abba, Ali Sabieh, and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed.'' We expand 50 px inland.
 * Basaso: As long with New Baghdad, the great port city of Basaso is ceded to Mansurryia, and is also ruled by the territorial governor. As such, the Mosque Model is implemented (the traditional welcome of the Manssuryian Sultanate).  Wells are also constructed alongside mosques.  (Reverted, as there was miscommunication between Mansurryia and Yemen).
 * Vorlayacor: The economy flourishes this year, as a massive surge of Mapuche relocated from the south begin trading and producing crops and irongoods.  Roads across the country are expanded; the nation's population has risen to over 900,000.  More villages and towns are established as northwest growth continues.
 * Pskov: Improves its economic condition once more, with more workers earning more and more when it comes to wages. People set up for colonies and cities grow at a slower rate than the rural areas. In any case, agricultural production becomes more and more efficient, feeding more people with less farm population, and a lot has to do with more efficient means of producing foods. Pskov's economy sees more people producing as the merchants gain much money from foreign endeavours, and the PIC builds more ships in Novoprussiys, and sets up more shops around the world. The Mead Factory opens its own stock markets, and manages to buy three trade ships by the end of the year, and begin giving to other nations. The Veche recognizes officially the PIC flag as an official flag designating Pskov at sea, and allows only  ships belonging to the PIC to fly it. The new designation for PIC-owned Ships is СПИК (SPIK ; PICS) Standing for Sudno Pskovskoy Imperskoy Kompanii, Pskov Imperial Company Ship.
 * The Pskov Imperial company spends its time this year refurbishing the Novoprussiysk Arsenal, building ships, sugar and spice farms, all the while using propaganda to make people think that the Imperial Sea has everything Nice anyone would ever want, while failing to advertize some hurricanes. More farms are constructed, and more colonists are recruited, expanding the colonies to the maximum possible extent, the same guideline is applied as usual, as nothing contradicts it yet. The PIC Continues to broaden its customer base, establishing trade offices in many other parts of europe, and intensifies its trading with the Roman colonies in the Atlantic Ocean, introducing Pskovian zolotnik paper money to colonists. Gold and silver are heavy, and the more weight the ships can save means more produce they can bring. Meanwhile, the PIC continues to grow its things in Novoprussiysk, and more people begin to experiment with turning sugarcane into alcohol, with limited success. But on the Island of Alexandrovsk, a colonist working on a sugar plantation with nothing better to do decides to try to make vodka out of sugarcane...and after a few months of experimentation, reproduces multiple times an alcohol made of sugarcane in two succesful batches ... he decides to make five more, and age them each a year apart, opening each one on his birthday until there are no more ... he does not want his succes to be stolen, so he keeps the formula secret ... for now ... ladies and gentlemen, I give you, RUM!!! But you cannot keep a secret forever, especially not from the PIC.
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective cooperation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. We accept the alliance from Prussia.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.

1604
'''A dispute between migrating Catawba and Creek natives west of Hamburg’s colonies, causes the Catawba to launch an invasion of OTL South Carolina. The region is overrun with natives who destroy crops and sporadically raid settlements, reducing the overall population of the region and causing expansion in the south to slow. Military forces are also distracted from further expansion or conquest as they react to deal with the lack of security.'''
 * Hamburg-Holstein-Mecklenburg: hearing of the attacks on Neu Hamburg, Duke Karl allocates additional defense supplies for the colony. The troops place there rises from 1,000 to 1,500. Towns located toward the western border build walls for defense. A counterattack against the natives is proposed, but is taken off the table in hopes of improving relations with the natives. Back home, economic improvements are made. The Lauenburg Canal, planned to connect the River Elbe to the the Baltic Sea, is approved to help ease traffic through the Kiel Canal. Construction is planned to begin in 1605 while workers, equipment, and materials are gathered. The territory on OTL Great Inagua continues to expand 20 px west.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. We accept the alliance from Prussia.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. After decades of growth and development, we establish the Riau Islands as a vassal of our nation, elevating it from its position as a colony. We continue influencing Khmer and Lan Xang..
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the construction of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman, being sparsely populated and mostly deserted, had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with the Damascus Sultanate although trade with Bengal, Mansuriyya, Roman Empire and Bengal too played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemenis culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa but soon this decision was reverted, and trade once again started with Bengal We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed toward Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan ordered the assailants to be put to death and announced equal rights for the People of the Book living in Yemen, Iritriyā or Al-Somal and to prove that all the people would be treated equally, he ordered the construction of the Church of Al Yemen (Turn Four of Five); a move which angered many clerics but most of them restrained from protesting at the thought of being beheaded for treachery. With the recent purchase of the Masirah Island, Yemeni influence drastically increased in the Arabian Sea and a minor port was constructed at the island. Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of Al-Somal (إمارة آل الصومال):  Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the governor of Al-Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living along the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the Militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over Al-Somal had been gotten ridden of in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Minor ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to Al-Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Yemen - Ethiopia Diplomacy: The Sultan of Yemen requests the King of Ethiopia to allow Islam to spread in its lands and to protect all People of the Book as Yemen has done. The King of Ethiopia is reminded of Yemen and Ethiopia's long standing relations as well as the benevolence showed by the Christian King Najashi (Negus) when Muslim refugees had arrived from Mecca in 613, fleeing from the Pagans and were protected by Negus and thus the current King of Ethiopia must show similar benevolence and allow Islamic missionaries to preach Islam. [MOD RESPONSE NEEDED]
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We finish vassalizing Nepal by sending the last of monks into their nation. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining. The king's son marries a women named Min.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Because Scar had asked for someone to play for him while he is on vacation, I decided to temporarily play for him RexImperio (talk) 07:10, August 24, 2014 (UTC)
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the ruralmost areas of France
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes on 65 against 35 on withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal of Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 1,300,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 100,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX declares himself Rikisi.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to economy. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. We establish and grow the colonies of Neu Franken in southern Florida, settling the towns of Frankenburg and Mainburg. The Zollern Insels continue to expand south.
 * Vorlayacor: Northwestern growth, migration and infrastructure improvement continues at the normal pace.  On the coast, pottery sees a surge in popularity, while woodcarving has become a dominant artform further inland.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar.
 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongols continue to fortify their borders and expand their military, though it's decided that they will stop expanding their military in 1605. The population of Nestorians continues to grow, and nativist Tengiist populations grow as well. Along with the Chinese refugees comes a considerable amount of Jurchen refugees fleeing from the decades of chaos in the tribal lands bordering the Mongol Khanate. The Khanate's cities continue swelling in population thanks to both the refugees from China and the considerable wealth of trade with the Tartary.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate; Gun and iron production continues and expands, improving the economy. Cavalry training continues, making the military an impressive anomaly in the region. The sachems spread knowledge of the Latinized Cree alphabet, developed from the Latinized Mi'kmaq version used by the L'nu. Efforts to unite with the Moose Cree and Eastern Cree (Turn Four of Five and Three of Four) continue. Cassina and potato cultivation increase. The old L'nu shipyards continue producing ships on the model of the Oldenburger-built one, although completion will take several years. Winipakw expands 200 km south. The city of Aksimiki, as well as Chisasibi on the mainland, grow in population, to about 3000 each.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Seminolian Dip: We offer warm relations to the Zapotecs and offer orange seeds as a sign of goodwill.
 * Zapotecan Dip: Zapoteca accepts.
 * Scandinavian Empire: A series of peasant revolts in Finland is put down. Known as the Cudgel Wars, these revolts lead Scandinavia to believe that Finland, a vassal of Scandinavia, does not deserve autonomy. They annex this vassal in March of this year. In the meantime, the vassalization of Huron finally finishes, the Scandinavians resuming their vassalization and finalizing it this year. In order to integrate Finland into the empire, a parade and festival takes place in Helsinki known as the Helsinki festival. King Kristoffer himself presides over the events. In the meantime, Scandinavia expands its military, two galleons being built in Copenhagen. The House of Griffins in Denmark gains numerous seats in the Riksdag, leading to some nobles concerned about Denmark's rising power and others elated. Nevertheless, Kristoffer I acknowledges this as an omen of change. Sadly, Kristoffer dies this year of a stroke. His son, Eric XIV, becomes king of Scandinavia.
 * Brandenburg The economy of Brandenburg is expanded as roads and routes to other German states, especially Bavaria, are created. Markets in the nation are created to sell products from Brandenburg and surplus from Pomerania.
 * Greater Ingria: The economy is expanded.
 * Holstein: The economy is expanded. Roads to Bavaria are created as roads to Lubeck are created. Roads to Schleswig are rebuilt after their misuse by Hamburg.
 * Huronsmark: The economy is expanded.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded. The Icelandic ports are renovated for traveling ships, Scandinavian or otherwise.
 * Karelia: The economy is expanded. Karelia expands by 3500 sq km. Like Ingria, Karelia prepares for hostilities in Pskov to only worsen and mobilizes its military. Karelia also builds roads to Saami settlements and rebuilds roads that have been weathered by the harsh Karelian winters.
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding. The economy expands as ports are renovated for merchants. The trade going into Lubeck aids Scandinavia's economy considerably. Roads to Schleswig are created.
 * Pomerania: The economy expands. Ports are renovated and roads are restored. Pomerania generates much revenue for Scandinavia and Her allies. Surplus supplies are sent to Brandenburg markets.
 * New Gotland: The economy expands. Relations with the natives improve this year, New Gotland becoming a shining beacon for hope of Native/European co-operation in the coming years. Thousands flock to the New Copenhagen Games in Vinland this year.
 * Schleswig: The economy expands. Construction on the University of Scheswig begins, the vassal entering the world of Academia. Roads to Holstein, Lubeck and Scandinavian Denmark are created.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The economy is improved.
 * Vinland: Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The economy is expanded.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,650,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (101,000), followed by Peru (56,000), Machu Picchu (44,000), Chimu (27,000) and Sican (23,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the child's mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu.
 * 'Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 180,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, Navy, and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 20,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 10,000
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Hispanian navy finishes its first group of its new two-decker ships, a major departure from its previous designs and being much much more effective in combat than any other nations current craft and with new cannons even rivaling some of the Chinese designs.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Auditore Gun company opens up several works in Spain proper becoming one of the exceptions to Spain's merchantilist policies. This leads to further employment of Spanish peoples so the parliament decides to pay for the migration of Auditore Firearms main office to Madrid. The current leading family member, Rodrigo Auditore agrees leaving his offices in italy attended to by family. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly 9 million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. This expansion, however, is stunted by a massive rainforest which after years of trying to penetrate has become more costly than not diverting further exploration attempts toward the Inca territories to the west. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The unexpected guarantee of right as Spanish citizens leaves many people elated as being treated equally as the people who live in Spain. With this the Viceroy unable to hold a higher position than royalty stands by as sub-viceroy to Cristo Di Habsburg. The tradition of many people of the royal family taking up residency in the colonies is well received as one of Cristos aging uncles visits him and lives with him as the Bishop of Buenos Aires.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 50,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. Another port settlement is established in the lucrative Bay of Juarez with the settlement of Arica established at the mouth of the river and the city heading north with port facilities being established.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymaya territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Ayamara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The collective population of the protectorates is estimated at about five million between all three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top-of-the line-ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top-of-the-line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade good for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoya troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The city following its massive destruction in the revolt has a mere 30,000 people living within its boundaries but it is steadily increasing.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate:  The Ten Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan   Abdul-Muhaimin  Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten Year Military Build Up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperalism. While constructing mosques on the border of Mansurryia and OTL Saudi Arabia, we saw their horrid conditions and thus we seek to bring civilization and unity under Islam and the Mosque Model by expanding 25 px into their territory. (I found out that this was implausible, as it is uninhabitable for now) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 70 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 70 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul) With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)'''
 *  ​ Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.''
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get  OTL Djibuti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods.
 * Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn With the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism. Eco turn. 
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * New Baghdad: 'As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to adminster New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to make new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghadad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Abba, Ali Sabieh, and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 36, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. Bulgaria is annexed, and subsequently the name is changed to Dacia to greater represent the territory. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the newfound wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. Leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. In addition the increase in Beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Constantius now a child of 13 grows quickly. Teodora is now a child of 14 years. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav resumes growing the economy and infrastructure.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Romanian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Romanian presence.
 * Mansurryian Dip: With the recent acquision of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti) we wish to open up trade with Romania, particularly Dacian Somalia.
 * China: The major defeats cripple the Chinese military. Meanwhile, many remaining regions held by the central government collapse into chaos. The Chinese economy suffers immensely at the hands of bandits and rebels. Despite these issues the army continues to fight, defending the capital and any surrounding regions. We beg any of our formal vassals and allies to aid us in this desperate hour. JJ asked me to post for him without giving me a turn, so I wrote my own China turn. Stephanus rex (talk) 22:09, August 24, 2014 (UTC)
 * Seminoles: The chief of the newly established state in the former Prussian colony finally takes the advice of an advisor and adopted family member to adopt the usage of the Latin alphabet for the language, based on the system devised by Prussian linguists who transcribed much of the language. A stockpile is made for the recovery of Eastern weapons that survived the raiding of the colony and are distributed to warriors. Many of the orachards planted by colonists and "liberated" tribes in their inland villages manage to survive along with European settlers who know how to tend who managed to take refuge or were adopted. As a result the nation has a food surplus, most of it stemming from newly taken terriroty, and the cheif orders that orchards be planted across the nation in a similiar fashion. Along with the surviving orchards and Europeans are also the beliefs they left, as many Western, Catholic, European-pagan, and syncretic faiths litter the country side. The cheif, even more reluctantly, caves to the support of his mixed-Easterner advisor to build a port of some fashion for ships to dock in the ruins of the Prussian colony of Blitzburg. And so a port with the same name as it previously had is built, though it is indeed rather crude and poorly run it manages to get the eyes of a few nostalgic traders or those who have not heard the news of Neu Pommern's fate. We expand south 15 px.
 * Seminoles Dip: We open relations to all other Natives and offer trade to "Easterners" who wish to trade.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. With the colonies largely placated at the moment and needing to consolidate, Thomas II turns his attentions to Anatolia. After gathering allies, Roman troops invade Cappadocia with popular support, as the region is full of Greeks. Siege weapons are brought along to deal with the occasional castle, yet few are present. The war goes on, with much success thanks to the loyalty of the native Greek population. By years end, the native Turk rulers and their forces have been largely annihilated and the region pacified, and the region is annexed into the Empire.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising. As a result of Bulgaria being annexed, the Serbs are a bit afraid, as they are unable to resist the Dacians on their own. As a result, the Serbs ask for annexation to the Empire, although a notable few resist. At the moment there is nothing, and as such it is peaceful. For now.
 * Reme: Fortifications continue being built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expanison. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. While the colony is split up by Hamburg's colony, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordinence. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To futher protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are futher fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. As existing settlements are consolidated, no further inland expansion occurs, as it is presently too dangerous to expand farther than the coastal forts or outposts.
 * Pskov builds up its military prowess with the new money from recent economic progress. The economy continues to boom and that is the reason making more ships is possible. The people's salaries and wages go up ever so slightly as the GDP of the nation rises due to merchants investing into production rather than directly into their business, thinking long-term instead of short-term.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company continues to recruit more colonists and build more farms. The man who invented rum last year tastes his one-year old batch. 'Tis good, he ponders, better than last year. He pours some at a party and waits for next year while setting up another batch to be made for years to come. The Colonies expand to their max, reference where it always was.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to economy. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. We establish and grow the colonies of Neu Franken in southern Florida, settling the towns of Frankenburg and Mainburg. The Zollern Insels/American colonies continue to expand south. 
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. We accept the alliance from Prussia.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.

1605
'''In Rome, Pope Cornelius II dies, and in the subsequent conclave, the Florentine Alessandro Ottaviano de’ Medici is elected Pope, taking the Papal name of Clement XII. He dies only 26 days after being elected, leading to another conclave, in which the Spanish Fernando Nuño de Guevara is elected Pope. He takes the Papal name of Victor V.'''

'''A severe storm hits the coast of Wales, causing damage to the region and destroying the village of St Ismail, which is buried by the storm. '''


 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. We accept the alliance from Prussia.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Hamburg-Holstein-Mecklenburg: Several two-deckers are constructed and commissioned. Convinced of the worth of the vessels, designs begin to be drawn up, equipping up to 90 heavy guns. By the end of the year, a design is picked and materials are gathered for the construction of the ship, to be named Alder Von Lübeck. Meanwhile, construction begins on the Lauenburg Canal, extending five miles inland by year's end. Prior to construction, it is decided to change the canal's exit point to Lübeck, now Hamburg's second largest city.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to economy. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. We establish and grow the colonies of Neu Franken in southern Florida, settling the towns of Frankenburg and Mainburg. The Zollern Insels/American colonies continue to expand south.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavors.
 * French Dip: We are interested in the offer made the Austrians and would like to hear more about it and ask what would gain France from such purchase from the Austrians.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: We will pay for the return of Westenland, and will also agree to defend/aid France in their efforts in West Africa, as well as a general alliance for the purpose of growing mutually in the future. Efforts in West Africa will include, but be limited to, the subjugation of the region of Mali for the French Crown.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle. About 100 colonists reach the island of St Otto and successfully settle the island of 300 sq km. However, in Nowy Krakow, about 300 colonists have landed on the island and created a small town with minor fortifications. The northern coast of Nowy Krakow has been secured.

Al-Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living by the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the Militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over Al-Somal had been gotten ridden of in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Minor ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to Al-Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongols finish fortifying their borders and expanding their military. The population of Nestorians continues to grow, and nativist Tengiist populations grow as well. Along with the Chinese refugees comes a considerable amount of Jurchen refugees fleeing from the decades of chaos in the tribal lands bordering the Mongol Khanate. The Khanate's cities continue swelling in population thanks to both the refugees from China and the considerable wealth of trade with the Tartary.
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the construction of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman, being sparsely populated and mostly deserted, had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with the Damascus Sultanate although trade with Bengal, Mansuriyya, Roman Empire and Bengal too played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemenis culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa but soon this decision was reverted, and trade once again started with Bengal We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed toward Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan ordered the assailants to be put to death and announced equal rights for the People of the Book living in Yemen, Iritriyā or Al-Somal and to prove that all the people would be treated equally, he ordered the construction of the Church of Al Yemen (Turn Four of Five); a move which angered many clerics but most of them restrained from protesting at the thought of being beheaded for treachery. With the recent purchase of the Masirah Island, Yemeni influence drastically increased in the Arabian Sea and a minor port was constructed at the island. Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of Al-Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the Governor of
 * Yemen - Ethiopia Diplomacy: The Sultan of Yemen requests the King of Ethiopia to allow Islam to spread in its lands and to protect all People of the Book as Yemen has done. The King of Ethiopia is reminded of Yemen and Ethiopia's long standing relations as well as the benevolence showed by the Christian King Najashi (Negus) when Muslim refugees had arrived from Mecca in 613, fleeing from the Pagans and were protected by Negus and thus the current King of Ethiopia must show similar benevolence and allow Islamic missionaries to preach Islam. [MOD RESPONSE NEEDED]
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining. The king's son has his first child named Zuko.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Because Scar had asked for someone to play for him as he is on vacation, I decided to temporarily play for him RexImperio (talk) 02:57, August 25, 2014 (UTC)
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 1,367,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 100,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX is intrigued by the concept of laws. Mon V dies.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 55. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 408,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 269,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 36. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 25.5 million. Navy expands. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Economic supplies is requested from all members in the UIN. Economic supplies is requested to all allies of the Damascan Sultanate. Karaman and Damascus begin to become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Karaman, being the most Arab, therefore becomes closer to Damascus, and Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 284,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 40,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 55,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * In the Hercogiste Līvõmō (Duchy of Livonia), the Questionist art school of Vīsvaldis Šimoneitgood is still thriving. As more and more people come in from nearby regions, the Questionist art form becomes more acceptable. A Questionist architectural form begins to be developed, drawing from extravagant architecture. Meanwhile, the economy is growing at a steady rate due to a number of factors, including increases in production, colonial trade, and good trade deals with Poland as the anticipation of Dynastic Union approaches. Some expansion in Vȯiti Vež takes place, but the emphasis this year is on the more stable Kōlaisa Jõugõisa. The shipyards at Riga work with locally minted Reichtalers to produce topclass ships at a fast rate, adopting some measures stolen from Pskovian engineers (notably, specialization). Brewing near Wenden continues, as does the littering of the countryside with thousands of water mills. The emancipation of serfs continues as expected. The military expands.
 * Kuramo and Saare-Lääne both grow closer to Livonian culture, with emancipation underway in both states and the spread of Livonian taking place in both nations. Both nations expand militarily.
 * County of Oldenburg: Military is built up, especially in Neu Norderney.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The first lot of missionaries trained at the Order of St Theobald's new Osnabruck monastery arrive in the New World, and get proseletyzing.
 * Nehilaw Dip: A trade pact with Oldenburg is requested.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Gun and iron production continues and expands, improving the economy. Cavalry training continues, making the military an impressive anomaly in the region. The sachems spread knowledge of the Latinized Cree alphabet. Some 40 books have been translated from European languages and are held in Aksimiki. The fortification of Aksimiki and Chisasibi with stone walls in modern fashion begins, although inexperience means many workers are crushed to death. Efforts to unite with the Moose Cree continue (Turn Five of Twenty) continue. The old L'nu shipyards continue producing ships on the model of the Oldenburger-built one, and two have been already completed. One of these ships is used to transfer several Nehilaw diplomats to Europe, for the purpose of establishing trade relations with European nations. They bring with them virtually all the government's mobile wealth. Winipakw expands 200 km south.
 * Suri Empire: Military is built up, while borders are fortified.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. The Empire attempts to maintain order during the famine, troops are concentrated around Britannia helping to keep order, the Patriarch of Canterbury calls all the faithful of Britannia to God is this time of need. A new series of historical books titled In Europa Imperium is written by renowned historian James Matthews, Volume I In Imperium Phoenix: A look at the Rebirth of Rome, focuses on the near death and then rebirthing of the Eastern Roman Empire. Other works will be written. This book comes on the heels of his first book; Imperium Britannica, chronicling the birth and expansion of the Britannic Empire from its days as a Roman province, to Albion, and to the current Empire. He releases two new volumes this year, Imperium Galliae From Division to World Power, and Imperium Hispania: Nation of World's Desire. Work continues on Vol V, Imperium Austria: The Rise and Fall of Central Europe's Domineering Power. The recent border clashes raise tensions between Scandinavia and Britannia has many colonists believe that the Scandinavians are behind the raids on inland communities. A new postion, High Governor is established. The High Governor is an appointed position and is the final authority between the local governors of the L'nu and New Cambridgeshire and the Crown of Britannia. The High Governor, in his first act as governor, declares Britannic protection over the Iroquois as well as trade preferences between the tribes of the new world. This move was made in effort to calm the native raids and to keep other rivals at bay.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland.
 * L'nu Nation:   The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. Božidar abdicates in favour of his son Domagoj. After having their first son born in 1592, another one is born, and due to his grandfather's recent abdication, he is named Božidar, in honour of his grandfather.
 * Nehilaw Dip: The Nehilaw diplomats request a trade agreement with Croatia, to expand Nehilaw access to European goods and Croatian access to Borealian goods to mutual benefit.
 * Croatian Diplomacy: The Tsar accepts.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Eric XIV's coronation celebrations from last year extend well into this year, the festivities and jovial attitudes becoming uplifting in the Scandinavian Empire. Eric XIV announces the Eriksplaner, a series of plans he has for the rennovation of Scandinavian holdings. The first course of action is the reconstruction of the Stockholm and Copenhagen harbors and docks, both in a state of semi-decomposition due to barnacles and other natural causes. Construction of the two galleons in Copenhagen harbor concludes this year. The ships are taken to Stockholm to be fitted before they are sent to the First and Second fleets. In the meantime, Scandinavia's economy improves. Banking, a practice already in place in Scandinavia, takes a turn for the better as several banks in Stockholm and Copenhagen are consolidated into a larger banking establishment known as the Kronesmark (Place of Currency). Vassalization of Attawandaron begins (turn 1 of 3). In the New World, Governor Karl Scheim of Vinland announces his intentions to work with the Iroquois. Several trade routes are proposed, allowing the Iroquois and Scandinavia alike to benefit from easy-to-use routes. Scandinavia requests to purchase L'nu territory from Britainnia. In other news, Scandinavia establishes the colony of Nynorge (New Norway) at OTL Juneau, Alaska.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Eric XIV's coronation celebrations from last year extend well into this year, the festivities and jovial attitudes becoming uplifting in the Scandinavian Empire. Eric XIV announces the Eriksplaner, a series of plans he has for the rennovation of Scandinavian holdings. The first course of action is the reconstruction of the Stockholm and Copenhagen harbors and docks, both in a state of semi-decomposition due to barnacles and other natural causes. Construction of the two galleons in Copenhagen harbor concludes this year. The ships are taken to Stockholm to be fitted before they are sent to the First and Second fleets. In the meantime, Scandinavia's economy improves. Banking, a practice already in place in Scandinavia, takes a turn for the better as several banks in Stockholm and Copenhagen are consolidated into a larger banking establishment known as the Kronesmark (Place of Currency). Vassalization of Attawandaron begins (turn 1 of 3). In the New World, Governor Karl Scheim of Vinland announces his intentions to work with the Iroquois. Several trade routes are proposed, allowing the Iroquois and Scandinavia alike to benefit from easy-to-use routes. Scandinavia requests to purchase L'nu territory from Britainnia. In other news, Scandinavia establishes the colony of Nynorge (New Norway) at OTL Juneau, Alaska.


 * Brandenburg The economy of Brandenburg is expanded as roads and routes to other German states, especially Bavaria, are created. Markets in the nation are created to sell products from Brandenburg and surplus from Pomerania.
 * Greater Ingria: The economy is expanded.
 * Holstein: The economy is expanded. Roads to Bavaria are created as roads to Lubeck are created. Roads to Schleswig are rebuilt after their misuse by Hamburg.
 * Huronsmark: The economy is expanded.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded. The Icelandic ports are renovated for traveling ships, Scandinavian or otherwise.
 * Karelia: The economy is expanded. Karelia expands by 3500 sq km. Like Ingria, Karelia prepares for hostilities in Pskov to only worsen and mobilizes its military. Karelia also builds roads to Saami settlements and rebuilds roads that have been weathered by the harsh Karelian winters.
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding. The economy expands as ports are renovated for merchants. The trade going into Lubeck aids Scandinavia's economy considerably. Roads to Schleswig are created.
 * Pomerania: The economy expands. Ports are renovated and roads are restored. Pomerania generates much revenue for Scandinavia and Her allies. Surplus supplies are sent to Brandenburg markets.
 * New Gotland: The economy expands. Relations with the natives improve this year.
 * Schleswig: The economy expands. Construction on the University of Scheswig finishes.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The economy is improved.
 * Vinland: Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The economy is expanded.
 * Iroquois Diplomacy: The Confederacy accepts your offers and looks forward to a long future of friendly relations between our two nations.
 * How did you even get to Alaska? (Crossed out for now)
 * Same way Bavaria got to Vancouver Island. Do note that this is southern Alaska.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,650,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (101,000), followed by Peru (56,000), Machu Picchu (44,000), Chimu (27,000) and Sican (23,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the child's mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu.
 * 'Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 180,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, Navy, and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 20,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 10,000
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1605, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 39, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1605, Queen Isabell university continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. In governmental news, Edmund von Jülich and Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach continue to be married.
 * Iroquois: Due to recent trade opening up with Hispania and Britannic protection over the Iroquois, the confederation can finally be confident in its own long-term future. With that in mind, construction of defenses is slowed down, while military begins to build up. The chief begs all nations of the confederacy to send their troops to the central authority to produce a national army trained with Hispanic arms. Ties are strengthened with our vassals, and permanent settlements in the European style begin to spring up, and the forward-thinking chief turns one on the banks of Lake Onondaga into the capital by the name of Haudenosaunee (the native name for the Iroquois). Each tribe in the confederacy creates a regional capital named after their tribe. Furs begin to be traded with the Britannians and Hispanians for weapons, alcohol, horses, and other trade goods. Many conversions to Western Catholicism occur along the border with the Scandinavian colonies in Mohawk territory. Despite this, the majority of Mohawks are still shamanist. A trade jargon of Britannian, Scandinavian, and Iroquoian is spoken in border settlements. After a period of tension, relations between the Confederation and the Scandinavians are thawed. We propose a non-aggression pact between our respective nations to strengthen ties between our nations and calm war fears.  Many wise men begin to rediscover relics and mounds of the old Mississippians who once inhabited our land. A newfound respect for our ex-neighbors develops, as our two cultures are inextricably related. Some of their old innovations in farming begin to be reinstated. (Eco-Turn)
 * ​Erie: We build up our economy and build closer relations with the Iroquois. (Eco-Turn)
 * Susquehanna: We build our economy and build closer relations with the Iroquois. Expansion begins into the unorganized hills to the southeast of the nation. (Exp-Turn)
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Hispanian navy finishes its first group of its new two-decker ships, a major departure from its previous designs and being much much more effective in combat than any other nations current craft and with new cannons even rivaling some of the Chinese designs.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Auditore Gun company opens up several works in Spain proper becoming one of the exceptions to Spain's merchantilist policies. This leads to further employment of Spanish peoples so the parliament decides to pay for the migration of Auditore Firearms main office to Madrid. The current leading family member, Rodrigo Auditore agrees leaving his offices in italy attended to by family. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. This expansion, however, is stunted by a massive rainforest which after years of trying to penetrate has become more costly than not diverting further exploration attempts toward the Inca territories to the west. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The unexpected guarantee of right as Spanish citizens leaves many people elated as being treated equally as the people who live in Spain. With this the Viceroy unable to hold a higher position than royalty stands by as sub-viceroy to Cristo Di Habsburg. The tradition of many people of the royal family taking up residency in the colonies is well received as one of Cristos aging uncles visits him and lives with him as the Bishop of Buenos Aires.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 50,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. Another port settlement is established in the lucrative Bay of Juarez with the settlement of Arica established at the mouth of the river and the city heading north with port facilities being established.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymaya territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Ayamara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The collective population of the protectorates is estimated at about five million between all three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top-of-the line-ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top-of-the-line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade good for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoya troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The city following its massive destruction in the revolt has a mere 30,000 people living within its boundaries but it is steadily increasing.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles). Trade begins in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 37, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. Bulgaria is annexed, and subsequently the name is changed to Dacia to greater represent the territory. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the newfound wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. Leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. In addition the increase in Beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Constantius now a boy of 14, begins assisting his father.. Teodora is now a young woman of 15 years. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. Military aid is sent to help Rome in Cappadocia.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav resumes growing the economy and infrastructure.
 * Dacian Somalia : Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. Meanwhile the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Romanian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Romanian presence.
 * China:The major defeats cripple the Chinese military. Meanwhile many remaining regions held by the central government collapse into chaos. The Chinese economy suffers immensely at the hands of bandits and rebels. Despite these issues the army continues to fight, defending the capital and any surrounding regions. We beg any of our formal vassals and allies to aid us in this desperate hour. JJ asked me to post for him without giving me a turn, so I wrote my own China turn. Stephanus rex (talk) 22:48, August 25, 2014 (UTC)
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the ruralmost areas of France
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes on 65 against 35 on withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal of Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. With the colonies largely placated at the moment and needing to consolidate, Thomas II turns his attentions to Anatolia. After gathering allies, Roman troops invade Cappadocia with popular support, as the region is full of Greeks. Siege weapons are brought along to deal with the occasional castle, yet few are present. The war goes on, with much success thanks to the loyalty of the native Greek population. By years end, the native Turk rulers and their forces have been largely annihilated and the region pacified, and the region is annexed into the Empire.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising. As a result of Bulgaria being annexed, the Serbs are a bit afraid, as they are unable to resist the Dacians on their own. As a result, the Serbs ask for annexation to the Empire, although a notable few resist. At the moment there is nothing, and as such it is peaceful. For now.
 * Reme: Fortifications continue being built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expanison. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. While the colony is split up by Hamburg's colony, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordinence. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To futher protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are futher fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. As existing settlements are consolidated, no further inland expansion occurs, as it is presently too dangerous to expand farther than the coastal forts or outposts.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs,granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of art, poetry, or books, from native, cultural languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers. With the death of the Emperor, and the relatively young age of the twin princes (12), a council is devised to take control of the country from a mix of officials from all parts of Urdustan and its vassals. The pro-Western group of the اردو کی زمین رائل گرین گارڈز is sought for by the council for approval of this temporary regency council, setting up a precident of greater politicizing of the اردو کی زمین رائل گرین گارڈز.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Nobles of Vijaynagara are now known as Urdustani Nobles, rather than simply Vijaynagara nobles. This enforces Urdustani rule over the nobility of Vijaynagara, but also allows them to fluidly move and act within all parts of Urdustan, rather than just Vijaynagara. Shipments of European weapons are diverted from Urdustani markets due to their increasingly commonness within Urdustani armies, so as to allow Vijaynagara to also have better access to advanced weapons.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate:  The Ten Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan   Abdul-Muhaimin  Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten Year Military Build Up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperalism. While constructing mosques on the border of Mansurryia and OTL Saudi Arabia, we saw their horrid conditions and thus we seek to bring civilization and unity under Islam and the Mosque Model by expanding 25 px into their territory. (I found out that this was implausible, as it is uninhabitable for now) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 70 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 70 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul) With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)'''
 *  ​ Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.''
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get  OTL Djibuti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods.
 * Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn With the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism. Eco turn. 
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * New Baghdad: 'As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to adminster New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to make new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghadad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Abba, Ali Sabieh, and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to military. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to military. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. Military forces continue to combat resistance in Kotte, and requests from the region are denied.
 * Pskov builds up its military prowess with the new money from recent economic progress. The economy continues to boom and that is the reason making more ships is possible. The people's salaries and wages go up ever so slightly as the GDP of the nation rises due to merchants investing into production rather than directly into their buisness, thinking long-term instead of short-term.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company continues to recruit more colonists and build more farms. The man who invented rum last year tastes his one-year old batch, 'tis good, he ponders, better than last year. He pours some at a party and waits for next year while setting up another batch to be made for years to come. The Colonies expand to their max, reference where it always was.
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. After decades of growth and development, we establish the Riau Islands as a vassal of our nation, elevating it from its position as a colony. We continue influencing Khmer and Lan Xang..
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.

1606
'''A fire breaks out in the British city of New Oxford, in Borealia, causing damage across the city. Caused from unknown origin, the fire leads to the destruction of much of the city’s oldest buildings, including wooden structures in the center of the city, before being extinguished'''

'''Catholic officials and local authorities in the former Basque regions of Spain begin an investigation into allegations of witchcraft. Several thousand people are investigated, most only children, with several dozen people being burned at the stake. '''

'''Yamasee natives, some under Roman authority and some living outside of Roman rule, have a disagreement. The disagreement turns into a fight, with the two sides attacking each other. At least 30 are dead, included several Roman citizens.'''


 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. After decades of growth and development, we establish the Riau Islands as a vassal of our nation, elevating it from its position as a colony. We continue influencing Khmer and Lan Xang..
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 73. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 412,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 271,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the age of 68. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 25.6 million. Navy expands. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Economic supplies is requested from all members in the UIN. Economic supplies is requested to all allies of the Damascan Sultanate. Karaman and Damascus begin to become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Karaman, being the most Arab, therefore becomes closer to Damascus, and Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. The Sultan dies. UIN council meets in Baghdad, to vote for a new leader.  Sulimen IV takes over, at the age of 36. His uncle, Sulimen III continues ruling over in Kurdistan.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 286,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen IV, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 40,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 55,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Hamburg-Holstein-Mecklenburg: The news of Scandinavia offering of a non-aggression pact comes as a surprise. But, unwilling to commit Hamburgian foreign policy for three decades, it is respectfully declined. Duke Karl writes, "Hatred is a poision, one that divides people when they should come together. Fueled by aggression, one way or another, it only serves to destroy." Hamburg is eager to improve relations with its northern neighbor, and as such offers a ten year non-aggression pact, and invites Scandinavian diplomats to discuss trade agreements. Meanwhile, the construction of the Lauenburg canal continues to progress smoothly, only six miles from Lübeck at years end, it is expected to be completed next year, and to begin taking traffic from the Kiel Canal. This year, a monument to Duke Friedrich III is designed, to depict him in his battle armor holding his swords hilt by his waist, whose blade then extends to the ground. Behind him would be the flags of Hamburg and Bavaria, symbolizing the nations his parents ruled. It is decided the monument would be best placed in Leipzig, where he was killed. A letter is written to Bavaria, asking for permission to place the monument in Leipzig.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expands.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expands.


 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman, being sparsely populated and mostly deserted, had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with the Damascus Sultanate although trade with Bengal, Mansuriyya, Roman Empire and Bengal too played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemenis culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa but soon this decision was reverted, and trade once again started with Bengal We expand 25px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed toward Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan ordered the assailants to be put to death and announced equal rights for the People of the Book living in Yemen, Iritriyā or al Somal and to prove that all the people would be treated equally, he ordered the construction of the Church of Al Yemen (Turn Five of Five); a move which angered many clerics but most of them restrained from protesting at the thought of being beheaded for treachery. With the recent purchase of the Masirah Island, Yemeni influence drastically increased in the Arabian Sea and a minor port was constructed at the island. Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of al Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the Governor of Al Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living by the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the Militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over Al Somal had been gotten ridden of in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Minor ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to al Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Yemen - Ethiopia Diplomacy: The Sultan of Yemen requests the King of Ethiopia to allow Islam to spread in its lands and to protect all People of the Book as Yemen has done. The King of Ethiopia is reminded of Yemen and Ethiopia's long standing relations as well as the benevolence showed by the Christian King Najashi (Negus) when Muslim refugees had arrived from Mecca in 613, fleeing from the Pagans and were protected by Negus and thus the current King of Ethiopia must show similar benevolence and allow Islamic missionaries to preach Islam. [MOD RESPONSE NEEDED]
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * In the Hercogiste Līvõmō (Duchy of Livonia), the Questionist art school of Vīsvaldis Šimoneitgood is still thriving. As more and more people come in from nearby regions, the Questionist art form becomes more acceptable. A Questionist architectural form continues to be developed, drawing from extravagant architecture and mirroring OTL Baroque architecture in many ways. Meanwhile, the economy is growing at a steady rate due to a number of factors, including increases in production, colonial trade, and good trade deals with Poland as the anticipation of Dynastic Union approaches. Expansion of Kōlaisa Jõugõisa halts after all of the OTL Leeward Islands have fallen under Livonian control. Now, population growth in the islands takes place, notably in OTL Saint John's. Meanwhile, expansion in Vȯiti Vež takes place, taking over more and more of the OTL Bahamas. The shipyards at Riga work with locally minted Reichtalers to produce topclass ships at a fast rate, with recreated Pskovian techonolgy. Brewing near Wenden continues, as does the littering of the countryside with thousands of water mills. The emancipation of serfs continues as expected. The economy expands.
 * Kuramo and Saare-Lääne both grow closer to Livonian culture, with emancipation underway in both states and the spread of Livonian taking place in both nations. Both nations expand economically.
 * The Nehilaw request a trade agreement with Livonia, which will improve Livonia's access to Borealian goods and thus benefit its economy.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate:  The Ten Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan   Abdul-Muhaimin  Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten Year Military Build Up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperalism. While constructing mosques on the border of Mansurryia and OTL Saudi Arabia, we saw their horrid conditions and thus we seek to bring civilization and unity under Islam and the Mosque Model by expanding 25 px into their territory. (I found out that this was implausible, as it is uninhabitable for now) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 70 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 70 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul) With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)'''
 *  ​ Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.''
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get  OTL Djibuti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods.
 * Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn With the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism. Eco turn. 
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * New Baghdad: 'As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to adminster New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to make new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghadad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Abba, Ali Sabieh, and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland.
 * Vorlayacor: Mapuche relocation continues and northwest expansion continues to accomodate the growing population.  The army begins another recruitment campaign to accomodate the growing size of the nation.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to economy. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. We establish and grow the colonies of Neu Franken in southern Florida, settling the towns of Frankenburg and Mainburg. The Zollern Insels/American colonies continue to expand south.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Eric XIV's reforms of the docks of Scandinavia continues. Stockholm and Copenhagen are finished as Sonderborg and Oslo begin to see rennovations. The military is expanded as the First and Second fleets are bolstered with one new galleon each. Three frigate keels are laid down in Copenhagen. A 30 year non-aggression pact to Hamburg is sent, Erik XIV interested in, once again, restoring relations with the nation. Erik XIV is quoted as saying, "Hatred is a poison, the weapon of a coward. Let us be men and speak with compassion, a noble goal indeed." The vassalization of Attawandaron continues (Turn Two of Three). The non-aggression pact with the Iroquois is accepted.
 * Brandenburg The economy of Brandenburg is expanded as roads and routes to other German states, especially Bavaria, are created. Markets in the nation are created to sell products from Brandenburg and surplus from Pomerania.
 * Greater Ingria: The economy is expanded.
 * Holstein: The economy is expanded. Roads to Bavaria are created as roads to Lubeck are created. Roads to Schleswig are rebuilt after their misuse by Hamburg.
 * Huronsmark: The economy is expanded.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded. The Icelandic ports are renovated for traveling ships, Scandinavian or otherwise.
 * Karelia: The economy is expanded. Karelia expands by 3500 sq km. Like Ingria, Karelia prepares for hostilities in Pskov to only worsen and mobilizes its military. Karelia also builds roads to Saami settlements and rebuilds roads that have been weathered by the harsh Karelian winters.
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding. The economy expands as ports are renovated for merchants. The trade going into Lubeck aids Scandinavia's economy considerably. Roads to Schleswig are created.
 * Nynorge: The colony expands by 250 sq km. The economy is established.
 * Pomerania: The economy expands. Ports are renovated and roads are restored. Pomerania generates much revenue for Scandinavia and Her allies. Surplus supplies are sent to Brandenburg markets.
 * New Gotland: The economy expands. Relations with the natives improve this year.
 * Schleswig: The economy expands. Construction on the University of Scheswig finishes.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The economy is improved.
 * Vinland: Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The economy is expanded.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the ruralmost areas of France.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes on 65 against 35 on withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal of Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Ayutthaya: Vassalisation over the region of Aceh continues as usual and is up to (Turn Three of Six). We decide to abandon our camps where non-Thai peoples were relocated to and they are allowed back into certain areas in our society. The population in our capital continues to grow larger and is now our largest city. The ports on the west coast continue to grow and a city by the name of Lower Dawei, (OTL actuall Dawei) becomes a major port and market. Much of our Saltpetre trade begins going through Lower Dawei to make trade quicker and return more profit. We begin building a few European style warships to modernise our navy and production is much quicker due to our larger ports. Military units with rifles are upgraded and have much stronger barrels and more effective bullets. Developing our naval yards becomes our top priority.
 * Suri Empire: Infrastructure is built up, while another school in OTL Delhi is built.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: The fortification of Aksimiki and Chisasibi progresses apace, with the walls have reached a respectable size. The spread of the Latinized Cree alphabet continues, with books sent back by European diplomats being translated. Efforts to unite with the Moose Cree continue (Turn Six of Twenty) continue. The diplomats in Europe use the money sent with them to purchase 10 modern carracks and hire 2000 skilled shipwrights, who are sent across the Atlantic to the Sachemate. The shipwrights immediately begin construction of several more modern carracks and expansion of the shipyards, while the purchased ships are sent out with half-Nehilaw, half-European crews so that the Nehilaw can learn the ways of the sea. Nehilaw explorers also travel inland up a major river (the OTL Churchill) eventually reaching a huge lake (OTL Great Slave Lake). Interest in those regions expands among the sachems, a nd the nation expands 5000 km up this river. Winipakw expands 200 km south.
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining. The king's son has his first child named Zuko. We start to vassal the two small nations to the west by our border. (I do not know their names. Please help me figure out their names).
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Hispanian navy finishes its first group of its new two-decker ships, a major departure from its previous designs and being much much more effective in combat than any other nations current craft and with new cannons even rivaling some of the Chinese designs.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Auditore Gun company opens up several works in Spain proper becoming one of the exceptions to Spain's merchantilist policies. This leads to further employment of Spanish peoples so the parliament decides to pay for the migration of Auditore Firearms main office to Madrid. The current leading family member, Rodrigo Auditore agrees leaving his offices in italy attended to by family. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. This expansion, however, is stunted by a massive rainforest which after years of trying to penetrate has become more costly than not diverting further exploration attempts toward the Inca territories to the west. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The unexpected guarantee of right as Spanish citizens leaves many people elated as being treated equally as the people who live in Spain. With this the Viceroy unable to hold a higher position than royalty stands by as sub-viceroy to Cristo Di Habsburg. The tradition of many people of the royal family taking up residency in the colonies is well received as one of Cristos aging uncles visits him and lives with him as the Bishop of Buenos Aires.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 50,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. Another port settlement is established in the lucrative Bay of Juarez with the settlement of Arica established at the mouth of the river and the city heading north with port facilities being established.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymaya territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Ayamara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The collective population of the protectorates is estimated at about five million between all three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top-of-the line-ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top-of-the-line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade good for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoya troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The city following its massive destruction in the revolt has a mere 30,000 people living within its boundaries but it is steadily increasing.
 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongols begin expanding their economy.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. With the colonies largely placated at the moment and needing to consolidate, Thomas II turns his attentions to Anatolia. After gathering allies, Roman troops invade Cappadocia with popular support, as the region is full of Greeks. Siege weapons are brought along to deal with the occasional castle, yet few are present. The war goes on, with much success thanks to the loyalty of the native Greek population. By years end, the native Turk rulers and their forces have been largely annihilated and the region pacified, and the region is annexed into the Empire.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising. As a result of Bulgaria being annexed, the Serbs are a bit afraid, as they are unable to resist the Dacians on their own. As a result, the Serbs ask for annexation to the Empire, although a notable few resist. At the moment there is nothing, and as such it is peaceful. For now.
 * Reme: Fortifications continue being built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expanison. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. While the colony is split up by Hamburg's colony, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordinence. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To futher protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are futher fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. As existing settlements are consolidated, no further inland expansion occurs, as it is presently too dangerous to expand farther than the coastal forts or outposts.
 * County of Oldenburg: The Neihilaw trade agreement is agreed to by the Lord of Nue Norderney, on the condition that Oldenburger missionaries (of the catholic  Order of Saint Theobald) be allowed free access to Neihaw land, and are protected. The OHG begins trading small numbers of European items, such as small numbers of firearms, gold, knives, pots, and woolen blankets, in return for Neihaw things. The popularity of the Unfertigkeit style grows, with the Prince-Bishop-Regent commissioning an Unfertigkeit style official portrait as regent.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Monastery of the Order of Saint Theobald becomes associated with the University, which is close by. This allows university students to study some of the missionary things, and the missionaries-in-training can study mathematics, science and humanities in the university.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to military. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. We establish and grow the colonies of Neu Franken in southern Florida, settling the towns of Frankenburg and Mainburg. The Zollern Insels/American colonies continue to expand south.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endevours.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle. About 100 colonists reach the island of St Otto and successfully settle the island of 300 sq km. However, in Nowy Krakow, about 300 colonists have landed on the island and created a small town with minor fortifications. The northern coast of Nowy Krakow has been secured.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to military. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to military. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. Military operations in Kotte are continued, with many rebellious citizens being arrested. Requests are again denied (since they already are a member of the Dutch Empire).
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 38, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. Bulgaria is annexed, and subsequently the name is changed to Dacia to greater represent the territory. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the newfound wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. Leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. In addition the increase in Beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Constantius now a boy of 15, begins assisting his father. Teodora is now a young woman of 16 years. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. A census is held to determine the population of Dacia, as it stands there are roughly 3,962,185 citizens in Dacia.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav continues growing the economy and infrastructure.
 * Dacian Somalia : Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. Meanwhile the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Romanian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Romanian presence.
 * China:The major defeats cripple the Chinese military. Meanwhile many remaining regions held by the central government collapse into chaos. The Chinese economy suffers immensely at the hands of bandits and rebels. Despite these issues the army continues to fight, defending the capital and any surrounding regions. We beg any of our formal vassals and allies to aid us in this desperate hour. JJ asked me to post for him without giving me a turn, so I wrote my own China turn. Stephanus rex (talk) 23:43, August 26, 2014 (UTC)
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs,granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of art, poetry, or books, from native, cultural languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers. With the death of the Emperor, and the relatively young age of the twin princes (12), a council is devised to take control of the country from a mix of officials from all parts of Urdustan and its vassals. The pro-Western group of the اردو کی زمین رائل گرین گارڈز is sought for by the council for approval of this temporary regency council, setting up a precident of greater politicizing of the اردو کی زمین رائل گرین گارڈز.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Nobles of Vijaynagara are now known as Urdustani Nobles, rather than simply Vijaynagara nobles. This enforces Urdustani rule over the nobility of Vijaynagara, but also allows them to fluidly move and act within all parts of Urdustan, rather than just Vijaynagara. Shipments of European weapons are diverted from Urdustani markets due to their increasingly commonness within Urdustani armies, so as to allow Vijaynagara to also have better access to advanced weapons.
 * Pskov builds up its military prowess with the new money from recent economic progress. The economy continues to boom and that is the reason making more ships is possible. The people's salaries and wages go up ever so slightly as the GDP of the nation rises due to merchants investing into production rather than directly into their buisness, thinking long-term instead of short-term.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company continues to recruit more colonists and build more farms. The man who invented rum last year tastes his one-year old batch. 'Tis good, he ponders, better than last year. He pours some at a party and waits for next year while setting up another batch to be made for years to come. The Colonies expand to their max, reference where it always was.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles). Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,650,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (101,000), followed by Peru (56,000), Machu Picchu (44,000), Chimu (27,000) and Sican (23,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the child's mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu.
 * 'Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 180,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, Navy, and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 20,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 10,000
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. We accept the alliance from Prussia.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.

1607
'''A massive wave, possibly from a tsunami, sweeps across the Bristol Channel, causing flooding which results in an estimated 2,000 or more deaths. Entire houses and villages are swept away, with an estimated 200 square miles (51,800 ha) of farmland inundated. The flooding causes the collapse of the local economy, where many are left broke or homeless.'''

'''After years of rule as an independent duchy and then part of Britannia, the Duchy of Britanny protests joint control with France. The seemingly peaceful transfer is complicated when Breton nobles overthrow French administrators and declare independence from France. Britanny declares its intentions to rejoin Britannia in the future and asks for their assistance if needed (undoubled scores: Military: 10, Economy: 10, Infrastructure: 5).'''


 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. We accept the alliance from Prussia.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Hamburg-Holstein-Mecklenburg: The Lauenburg Canal is completed, and use of it begins within weeks of the final touches beginning placed. Traffic through the canal also begins having its desired effect: easing the traffic through the maxed-out Kiel Canal. Duke Karl commissions several infrastructure projects, including road and bridge improvement between the cities, chiefly Kiel, Hamburg, and Schwerin, the capitals of Hamburgs Crownlands of Holstein, Hamburg and Mecklenburg respectively. Officails from Karsland travel to the Roman colony of Reme, looking to establish agreements in terms of Roman travel through Neu Hamburg. It is also suggested that Karsland and Reme work together to deal with uncooperative natives that have harassed both colonies.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbisopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 37. His uncle, Sulimen III now aging at 69, continues ruling over in Kurdistan. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 412,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 271,000. Sulimen IV requests a wife to rule his nation with him. The people continue to rally toward Islam. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the arquebus equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. We begin vassalizing the Karamanian Sultanate (Turn One of Six). As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 25.6 million. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Economic supplies is requested from all members in the UIN. Economic supplies is requested to all allies of the Damascan Sultanate. Karaman and Damascus begin to become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Karaman, being the most Arab, therefore becomes closer to Damascus, and Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. The Sultan dies.  UIN council meets in Baghdad, to vote for a new leader.  Sulimen IV takes over, at the age of 37. His uncle, Sulimen III continues ruling over in Kurdistan.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 286,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen IV, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 40,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 55,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongols begin expanding their economy. The population of Nestorians continues to grow, and nativist Tengiist populations grow as well. Along with the Chinese refugees comes a considerable amount of Jurchen refugees fleeing from the decades of chaos in the tribal lands bordering the Mongol Khanate. The Khanate's cities continue swelling in population thanks to both the refugees from China and the considerable wealth of trade with the Tartary.
 * Iroquois: Due to recent trade opening up with Hispania and Britannic protection over the Iroquois, the confederation can finally be confident in its own long-term future. With that in mind, construction of defenses is slowed down, while military begins to build up. The chief begs all nations of the confederacy to send their troops to the central authority to produce a national army trained with Hispanic arms. Ties are strengthened with our vassals, and permanent settlements in the European style begin to spring up, and the forward-thinking chief turns one on the banks of Lake Onondaga into the capital by the name of Haudenosaunee (the native name for the Iroquois). Each tribe in the confederacy creates a regional capital named after their tribe. Furs begin to be traded with the Britannians and Hispanians for weapons, alcohol, horses, and other trade goods. Many conversions to Western Catholicism occur along the border with the Scandinavian colonies in Mohawk territory. Despite this, the majority of Mohawks are still shamanist. A trade jargon of Britannian, Scandinavian, and Iroquoian is spoken in border settlements. After a period of tension, relations between the Confederation and the Scandinavians are thawed. We propose a non-aggression pact between our respective nations to strengthen ties between our nations and calm war fears.  Many wise men begin to rediscover relics and mounds of the old Mississippians who once inhabited our land. A newfound respect for our ex-neighbors develops, as our two cultures are inextricably related. Some of their old innovations in farming begin to be reinstated. (Eco-Turn)
 * ​Erie: We build up our economy and build closer relations with the Iroquois. (Eco-Turn)
 * Susquehanna: We build our economy and build closer relations with the Iroquois. Expansion begins into the unorganized hills to the southeast of the nation. (Exp-Turn)
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the ruralmost areas of France.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes on 65 against 35 on withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal of Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Ayutthaya: Vassalisation of Aceh is nearly complete at (Turn Five of Ten), our navy gets prepared to offer full support to all our inhabitants and to make the land closely tied with Ayutthaya. Unfortunately, our king Ramathibodi III has passed away at the age of 63 and we welcome our new king Anurat I. Our kingdom experiences the coming of a new age and festivals are held in mourning of our previous king and our new king. Our capital continues to grow and Anurat's first order is to turn Ayutthaya into a city of riches and trade. After ruling the region of Sukhothai for over 30 years, the region gets incorporated into Ayutthaya while the northernmost region remains under the vassalage of Lanna. The department of stability will lose a sector for the region of Sukhothai but will gain one after the vassalisation of Aceh is complete. Anurat also seeks to form a new emblem by which our country is represented which may include modernisation of our booming saltpetre trade.
 * Diplomacy to Hispania: In an effort to increase our relations, we set out a plan to stop most, if not all pirating that happens in the Malacca Straits. We hope that vessels passing though the straits will be able to reach the Philippines safely, and that Ayutthaya can prove its resourcefulness.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Aksimiki and Chisasibi continue to be fortified. A new city, Maskekon, begins to grow up at the mouth of the newly discovered Missinipi River. The nation expands 5000 km down this river, closer to the rumoured inalnd sea. Winipakw expands 200 km south. The spread of the Latinized Cree alphabet continues, with books including the Bible, classical works such by Plutarch, Plato, Caesar and others, and mdoern historical works now translated. As missionaries of the Order of St Theobald arrive in Nehilaw, many convert to Christianity. However, most converts continue to simultaneously be shamanist. Efforts to unite with the Moose Cree continue (Turn Seven of Twenty) continue. Trade with Oldenburg and Croatia expands with the newly purchased carracks. As Nehilaw gain experience sailing, the European sailors are paid off and left in Europe. The shipwrights continue construction of several more modern carracks and expansion of the shipyards.
 * Nehilaw Dip: The Nehilaw offer to assist any nation with setting up a colony in Newfoundland in return for protection and assistance with developement.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs,granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of art, poetry, or books, from native, cultural languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers. With the death of the Emperor, and the relatively young age of the twin princes (12), a council is devised to take control of the country from a mix of officials from all parts of Urdustan and its vassals. The pro-Western group of the اردو کی زمین رائل گرین گارڈز is sought for by the council for approval of this temporary regency council, setting up a precedent of greater politicizing of the اردو کی زمین رائل گرین گارڈز.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Nobles of Vijaynagara are now known as Urdustani Nobles, rather than simply Vijaynagara nobles. This enforces Urdustani rule over the nobility of Vijaynagara, but also allows them to fluidly move and act within all parts of Urdustan, rather than just Vijaynagara. Shipments of European weapons are diverted from Urdustani markets due to their increasingly commonness within Urdustani armies, so as to allow Vijaynagara to also have better access to advanced weapons.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1607, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 41, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. In 1607, the question of Franz-Albert's marriage is no longer an issue, as it becomes apparent that he will not marry. Furthermore, rumors of the King being gay are an open secret. That itself is not an issue to most courtiers or councillors. However, many detractors, many in Greater Saxony, continue to criticize the King and use the rumor to their full advantages. In September, Franz-Albert II makes the decision to recognize his younger brother Johann, born 1576, as his heir. Johann already has six children, in order of age, Maria-Sofia, Isabella, Leopold, Karl, and Catherine.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1607, Queen Isabell university continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. In governmental news, Edmund von Jülich and Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach continue to be married.
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We continue to vassal the two small nations to the west by our border. (I do not know their names. Please help me figure out their names).
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy of Scandinavia is improved as more harbors are rennovated to accomodate more ships. Gothenburg and Bergen harbors are rennovated. In the meantime, the Hamburg deals are accepted. Eric XIV travels to Denmark this year to meet with the House of Griffins to quell attempts at uprisings. House Gyldenstierne in Norway, begins to contemplate assisting the House of Griffins should they attempt a usurping attempt. The House of Bjelke in Norway is invited to join the House of Glydenstierne, but they proclaim loyalty to the House of Halvar. Tensions in the Riksdag run especially high as heated debates rise. Eric XIV's reforms seem to have quelled a rebellion attempt for now, but the chances of a Danish plot to overthrow the Swedish-led Scandinavian Empire grow more and more likely with each passing year. The House of Halvar makes allies in Sweden and Finland.
 * Brandenburg: The economy of Brandenburg is expanded as roads and routes to other German states, especially Bavaria, are created. Markets in the nation are created to sell products from Brandenburg and surplus from Pomerania.
 * Greater Ingria: The economy is expanded.
 * Holstein: The economy is expanded. Roads to Bavaria are created as roads to Lubeck are created. Roads to Schleswig are rebuilt after their misuse by Hamburg.
 * Huronsmark: The economy is expanded.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded. The Icelandic ports are renovated for traveling ships, Scandinavian or otherwise.
 * Karelia: The economy is expanded. Karelia expands by 3500 sq km. Like Ingria, Karelia prepares for hostilities in Pskov to only worsen and mobilizes its military. Karelia also builds roads to Saami settlements and rebuilds roads that have been weathered by the harsh Karelian winters.
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding. The economy expands as ports are renovated for merchants. The trade going into Lubeck aids Scandinavia's economy considerably. Roads to Schleswig are created.
 * Nynorge: The colony expands by 250 sq km. The economy is established.
 * Pomerania: The economy expands. Ports are renovated and roads are restored. Pomerania generates much revenue for Scandinavia and Her allies. Surplus supplies are sent to Brandenburg markets.
 * New Gotland: The economy expands. Relations with the natives improve this year.
 * Schleswig: The economy expands. Construction on the University of Scheswig finishes.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The economy is improved.
 * Vinland: Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The economy is expanded.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Hispanian navy finishes its first group of its new two-decker ships, a major departure from its previous designs and being much much more effective in combat than any other nations current craft and with new cannons even rivaling some of the Chinese designs.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Auditore Gun company opens up several works in Spain proper becoming one of the exceptions to Spain's merchantilist policies. This leads to further employment of Spanish peoples so the parliament decides to pay for the migration of Auditore Firearms main office to Madrid. The current leading family member, Rodrigo Auditore agrees leaving his offices in italy attended to by family. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. This expansion, however, is stunted by a massive rainforest which after years of trying to penetrate has become more costly than not diverting further exploration attempts toward the Inca territories to the west. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The unexpected guarantee of right as Spanish citizens leaves many people elated as being treated equally as the people who live in Spain. With this the Viceroy unable to hold a higher position than royalty stands by as sub-viceroy to Cristo Di Habsburg. The tradition of many people of the royal family taking up residency in the colonies is well received as one of Cristos aging uncles visits him and lives with him as the Bishop of Buenos Aires.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 50,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. Another port settlement is established in the lucrative Bay of Juarez with the settlement of Arica established at the mouth of the river and the city heading north with port facilities being established.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymaya territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Ayamara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The collective population of the protectorates is estimated at about five million between all three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top-of-the line-ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top-of-the-line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade good for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoya troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The city following its massive destruction in the revolt has a mere 30,000 people living within its boundaries but it is steadily increasing.
 * The Tartary: Continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective cooperation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu: Continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva: Continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara: Also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov: Slso continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm: Continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles). Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * County of Oldenburg: The navy is worked on this year. Construction begins on two small frigates, envigorating the local shipyards. Missionaries are sent to the Neihaw, following in the footsteps of OHG traders.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The university expands its student numbers, with many doing some courses in the Monastis Missioanry School of Saint Theobald.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. With the colonies largely placated at the moment and needing to consolidate, Thomas II turns his attentions to Anatolia. After gathering allies, Roman troops invade Cappadocia with popular support, as the region is full of Greeks. Siege weapons are brought along to deal with the occasional castle, yet few are present. The war goes on, with much success thanks to the loyalty of the native Greek population. By years end, the native Turk rulers and their forces have been largely annihilated and the region pacified, and the region is annexed into the Empire.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising. As a result of Bulgaria being annexed, the Serbs are a bit afraid, as they are unable to resist the Dacians on their own. As a result, the Serbs ask for annexation to the Empire, although a notable few resist. At the moment there is nothing, and as such it is peaceful. For now. Some small protests begin occurring as the movement for annexation increases.
 * Reme: Fortifications continue being built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expanison. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. While the colony is split up by Hamburg's colony, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordinence. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To futher protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are futher fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. As existing settlements are consolidated, no further inland expansion occurs, as it is presently too dangerous to expand farther than the coastal forts or outposts.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 39, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the newfound wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms occupy most of the foothills now. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. Leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to re-equip with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. In addition the increase in Beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Constantius now a young man of 16, assists his father. Teodora is now a young woman of 17 years, and she begins looking for a husband. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav continues growing the economy and infrastructure.
 * Dacian Somalia : Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. Meanwhile the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Nehilaw Dip: The Nehilaw offer Dacia a trade deal, in order to improve its access to Borealian goods.
 * China:The major defeats cripple the Chinese military. Meanwhile many remaining regions held by the central government collapse into chaos. The Chinese economy suffers immensely at the hands of bandits and rebels. Despite these issues the army continues to fight, defending the capital and any surrounding regions. We beg any of our formal vassals and allies to aid us in this desperate hour. JJ asked me to post for him without giving me a turn, so I wrote my own China turn. Stephanus rex (talk) 23:26, August 27, 2014 (UTC)
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endevours.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to economic development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle. About 100 colonists reach the island of St Otto and successfully settle the island of 300 sq km. However, in Nowy Krakow, about 300 colonists have landed on the island and created a small town with minor fortifications. The northern coast of Nowy Krakow has been secured.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to economy. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. We establish and grow the colonies of Neu Franken in southern Florida, settling the towns of Frankenburg and Mainburg. The Zollern Insels/American colonies continue to expand south.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,680,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (140,000), followed by Peru (66,000), Machu Picchu (52,000), Chimu (27,000) and Sican (23,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the child's mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 180,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, Navy, and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 20,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 10,000.
 * Horse_Palace.png the Hercogiste Līvõmō (Duchy of Livonia), the Questionist art school gains additional traction as Aīvars Baltgālis, an architect, designs the "Ibbi Kȯrand" or Horse Palace, which becomes the standard for Questionist architecture. The art form, pioneered by Vīsvaldis Šimoneit, is now common throughout Livonia and is the main form of art being practiced. Its popularity has also spread massively to Poland-Lithuania and Prussia, with influences creeping in Muscovy and Pskov. The birth rate of Livonians tops 30 births per 1000 citizens. This increase brings about new need for food production, which utilizes new techniques such as crop rotation. This triggers an increase in production, but colonial trade, and good trade deals with Poland also bring about great economic success. Poland, in particular, is experiencing an emergence of a sizable Livonian minority in Lithuanian-dominated regions. Livonian begins to usurp Lithuanian as a common second language, and the Questionist art form spreads this transformation. Kōlaisa Jõugõisa, while fully expanded, now focuses on developing stronger economic development and Svētais Jāņi becomes one of the largest cities in the OTL Antilles. Expansion in Vȯiti Vež takes place, taking over more and more of the OTL Bahamas. The shipyards at Riga work with locally minted Reichtalers to produce topclass ships at a fast rate, with recreated Pskovian techonolgy. Brewing near Wenden continues, as does the littering of the countryside with thousands of water mills. The emancipation of serfs continues as expected. The military expands.
 * Kuramo and Saare-Lääne both grow closer to Livonian culture, with emancipation underway in both states and the spread of Livonian taking place in both nations. Both nations expand militarily.
 * Pskov builds up its military prowess with the new money from recent economic progress. The economy continues to boom and that is the reason making more ships is possible. The people's salaries and wages go up ever so slightly as the GDP of the nation rises due to merchants investing into production rather than directly into their buisness, thinking long-term instead of short-term.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company continues to recruit more colonists and build more farms. The man who invented rum last year tastes his one-year old batch. 'Tis good, he ponders, better than last year. He pours some at a party and waits for next year while setting up another batch to be made for years to come. The Colonies expand to their max, reference where it always was. The PIC gets wind of a man making very good tasting alcohol in the islands, and begins their investigation.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The Ten Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten Year Military Build Up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperalism. While constructing mosques on the border of Mansurryia and OTL Saudi Arabia, we saw their horrid conditions and thus we seek to bring civilization and unity under Islam and the Mosque Model by expanding 25 px into their territory.  (I found out that this was implausible, as it is uninhabitable for now) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn.With our nation being re-established 70 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 70 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul)With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)
 * Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get  OTL Djibuti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods.
 * Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods.
 * Southern Persia: Military buildup is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn With the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism.Eco turn.
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593.Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * New Baghdad: As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to adminster New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to make new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Abba, Ali Sabieh, and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed.We expand 50 px inland.

1608
The Shimazu clan of Japan launches an invasion of the Ryukyu islands and successfully conquers the islands, making the Ryukyu Kingdom a vassal of the Satsuma han.

'''An extremely harsh winter occurs this year, affecting much of the northern hemisphere. A famine in Russia leads to a large number of deaths attributed both to cold and starvation. Scandinavia also suffers from a massive famine, though the major killer is cold. Among the many dead due to extreme cold is the Scandinavian monarch, who is enroute from the Winter Palace to Stockholm when his carriage breaks down, leading to his death by exposure. As the winter worsens, Scotland and England see very similar effects, though their ruler survives. At the height of this winter, the nations of Hamburg, Pskov, Livonia, Prussia, Oldenburg, and the Netherlands are all severely affected.'''


 * Hamburg-Holstein-Mecklenburg: Hamburgs is hit by the severe winter. Crews  work overtime to keep the Kiel and Lauenburg Canals as free of ice as possible. Individual men, however, are rotated out frequently, but several die from the bitter weather. Duke Karl heavily reduces his travel after hearing of the death of the Scandinavian Emperor. But in his few travels, he often stops at the homes of commoners to get out of the weather for the night. When he departs, he makes a habit of compensating the homeowners. As March rolls by, the weather warms and what ice there is left melts. Economic and military improvements continue. Rome and Reme are again sent the request from last year.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Damascan Sultanate:  Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 38. His uncle, Sulimen III now aging at 69, continues ruling over in Kurdistan. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 415,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 274,000. Sulimen IV requests a wife to rule his nation with him. The people continue to rally toward Islam. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the arquebus equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. We begin vassalizing the Karamanian Sultanate (Turn Three of Six). As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 25.7 million. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Karaman and Damascus begin to become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Karaman, being the most Arab, therefore becomes closer to Damascus, and Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. The Sultan dies. UIN council meets in Baghdad, to vote for a new leader.  
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan reacted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. In governmental news, Edmund von Jülich and Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach continue to be married.
 * Pskov: Struggles through the winter, offering condolances to the Scandinavian Royal family after they hear of the death of the Emperor. At the Hight of the Winter, Storms make trade almost unmanagable, freezzing most of the Finnish Gulf, only l;etting the off trader owning a koch vessel through. Although the small fleet of koch vessles fleeted by pskov is extremely small, it was enough to manage freezing rivers during the winter for a time, and sometimes the occasional freezing of lakje peipus if the winter trade roads got too bad, it was not enough to deal with the large amounts of sea frozen over, the veche decides it is a good idea to commission more (I wonder why ... oh wait), after many people die of the cold and the economy takes a plummet due to the downsize of trade. Existing Koch owners come up with a new strategy to do things, going in groups of give to ten to create a path for larger vessels to cross. The Freezing cold that brought even Scandinavia to its knees is having a drastic effect this year as well, leading to at least 1000 recored deaths and many more old men simply taking a walk to go hunt and never returning. After the winter, effects of famine are severe, although faring better than in Russia, Pskov's experimentation with new techniques lead to less casualties than in Russia, with much of the Urban population fleeing to the countryside to try and make a meagre living, as bread prices rise. LEss population growth occurs and Pskov starts to invest in new agriculture techniques. Some people abandon crop rotation for a while to produce more food, and discover that the fields where peas or clovers grew(instead of nothing) made better harvests ... this technique starts to spread. Meanwhile, the PIC acquires a new crop form its dealings in the new world, the Potato, and brings the first seeds to Russia. Famine kills almost 5000 people in total, many of them in the cities and after a riot in the city of Pskov, the Knyaz Resigns before a veche can be called to oust him from power, prefering to not be humiliated. The new Veche choses Stepan Ilyich Lavrov, descendant of Ivan the Diplomat, as the new Knyaz of Pskov. The new knyaz sacrifices his first year's salary in order to pay for subsidised bread and agriculture, to make it less expensive for the public/ Although this measure came a bit too late, as more people would die of insufficient things next winter. The Population of Pskov falls almost 10 000 by the end of the entire event.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company finds the man making the exquisite alcoholic bevrage from sugarcane, and after much talk, convinces him to open up his "Rhom" for commercial production. The Pskov Imperial Company sets up a small Distillery in the Capital of Novopskovsk, and starts the production process, giving the man up to ten yuears to repay his original investemnt. the man, Named Pyotr Rognedovich Drobovikov names it Drobovichy Rhom and starts producing over ten times the rhum he was producing in his home, and is able to use his entire farm to produce sugarcane for said rhum, and sells his oldest batch for high price to the PIC to bring back to pskov. HTe PIC grows the maximum ammount on the coastlines of its islands.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses. Financial loans  continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs,granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of  art, poetry, or books, from native, cultural languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers. With the death of the Emperor, and the relatively young age of the twin princes (15), a council is devised to take control of the country from a mix of officials from all parts of Urdustan and its vassals. The pro-Western group of the اردو کی زمین رائل گرین گارڈز is sought for by the council for approval of this temporary regency council, setting up a precedent of greater politicizing of the اردو کی زمین رائل گرین گارڈز.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Nobles of Vijaynagara are now known as Urdustani Nobles, rather than simply Vijaynagara nobles. This enforces Urdustani rule over the nobility of Vijaynagara, but also allows them to fluidly move and act within all parts of Urdustan, rather than just Vijaynagara. Shipments of European weapons are diverted from Urdustani  markets  due to their increasingly commonness within Urdustani armies, so as to allow Vijaynagara to also have better access to advanced weapons.
 * In the Hercogiste Līvõmō (Duchy of Livonia), the Questionist art school of Vīsvaldis Šimoneit is becomes more notable as a second artist gains international fame with a masterpiece, Frozen Castle Frozen_Castle_by_Kristjan_Pāavö.png Kristjan Pāavö. Pāavö, a former apprentice of Šimoneit, becomes the newest face of the Questionist movement. Pāavö decides that the Livonian language needs to become an integral part of the Questionist movement, and therefore the language is taught to hundreds of artists, who then spread the language into Prussia, Pskov, Muscovy, and Poland-Lithuania. After the construction of Ibbi Kȯrand by Aīvars Baltgālis, Duke Jaagup I Vaamgalaast decides that he should commission Baltgālis to design another national monument. His chief adviser, the aging Kaspars I suggests the creation of a university to rival that in Pskov and some in Germany, and Jaagup accepts the suggestion. Therefore, Baltgālis begins to build the physical campus of what is called "the University of Riga." The extremely high birth rate drops significantly this year as the winter is one of the coldest ever recorded. Crops fail to come in as expected, but colonial exports from Kōlaisa Jõugõisa help prevent too much starvation. Nevertheless, a number of Estonians die as a result of the food shortages, since they are worst impacted. The fleet, however, is improved in the docks as it is forced to be docked over the winter. Poland, in particular, is experiencing an emergence of a sizable Livonian minority in Lithuanian-dominated regions. Livonian begins to usurp Lithuanian as a common second language, and the Questionist art form spreads this transformation. Kōlaisa Jõugõisa focuses on developing stronger economic development and Svētais Jāņi becomes one of the largest cities in the OTL Antilles. Expansion in Vȯiti Vež takes place, taking over more and more of the OTL Bahamas. The shipyards at Riga work with locally minted Reichtalers to produce topclass ships at a fast rate, with recreated Pskovian techonolgy. Brewing near Wenden continues, as does the littering of the countryside with thousands of water mills. The emancipation of serfs continues as expected. The military expands.
 * Kuramo and Saare-Lääne both grow closer to Livonian culture, with emancipation underway in both states and the spread of Livonian taking place in both nations. Both nations expand militarily.
 * Scandinavia already built this exact castle lol. Winter Palace.
 * I did not build anything. Paavo painted a piece of art, entitled the Frozen Castle. It is a painting, not a building, which you could easily find out. It is not a copy of your Winter Palace, as this castle is nestled between specific mountains that would not exist in Scandinavia. ~Rex
 * Your first work was a building and nowhere in this post did you mention anything about this being a painting. Acting snide doesn't help your case, nor does taking down strikethroughs that I add without clearing it with me first.
 * No, it has always been a painting. It is much like The Palace of Humanity, a piece by Simoneit. It is also (and has always been) listed under art and not architecture on my nation page. Finally, if you actually looked closely, you can see that it is painted with an oil brush, an effect of Paint.net. Just because you supposedly built a castle of ice doesn't mean that a Livonian artist cannot come up with a similar concept based off of the work of his teacher. ~Rex
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles). Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to economy. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. We establish and grow the colonies of Neu Franken in southern Florida, settling the towns of Frankenburg and Mainburg. The Zollern Insels/American colonies continue to expand south. Food is distributed to try and prevent mass starvation during the harsh winter.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. We accept the alliance from Prussia.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Hispanian navy finishes its first group of its new two-decker ships, a major departure from its previous designs and being much much more effective in combat than any other nations current craft and with new cannons even rivaling some of the Chinese designs.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Auditore Gun company opens up several works in Spain proper becoming one of the exceptions to Spain's merchantilist policies. This leads to further employment of Spanish peoples so the parliament decides to pay for the migration of Auditore Firearms main office to Madrid. The current leading family member, Rodrigo Auditore agrees leaving his offices in italy attended to by family. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. This expansion, however, is stunted by a massive rainforest which after years of trying to penetrate has become more costly than not diverting further exploration attempts toward the Inca territories to the west. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The unexpected guarantee of right as Spanish citizens leaves many people elated as being treated equally as the people who live in Spain. With this the Viceroy unable to hold a higher position than royalty stands by as sub-viceroy to Cristo Di Habsburg. The tradition of many people of the royal family taking up residency in the colonies is well received as one of Cristos aging uncles visits him and lives with him as the Bishop of Buenos Aires.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 50,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. Another port settlement is established in the lucrative Bay of Juarez with the settlement of Arica established at the mouth of the river and the city heading north with port facilities being established.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymaya territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Ayamara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The collective population of the protectorates is estimated at about five million between all three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top-of-the line-ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top-of-the-line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade good for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoya troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The city following its massive destruction in the revolt has a mere 30,000 people living within its boundaries but it is steadily increasing.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Early in the year, Scandinavia suffers the loss of King Erik II. Despite a mounting conspiracy plot from the House of Griffins, the entirety of the Riksdag is in mourning, stating that the young king had so much potential. His eldest son, Johann Halvar, becomes King John II of Scandinavia. Due to the king's age, a regency council is put in place until John II is ready to assume the throne as King of Scandinavia. Officials in the House of Halvar are worried about a plot by the Griffins. On April 12, an inside man informs the House of Halvar of the Griffins plot. Officials from Sweden are sent to arrest the instigators, charging them with High Treason. Scandinavia improves its military, launching two frigates into the first and second fleets. Galleons for the Third and Fourth fleets are ordered, their keels being laid down this August. As winter rears its head again, Scandinavia works to fight against starvation and low morale. Winter is Coming or: A Winter's Tale is performed in Stockholm. The play, depicting the harsh winter suffered early this year, becomes highly popular amongst the citizens of Stockholm. The play will be shown in Oslo next year. Scandinavia finishes the vassalization process of Attawandaron (vassalization turn 3 of 3).
 * Brandenburg: Brandenburg works with Pomerania to produce a surplus for this year. The successful harvest, mainly inspired by fear of a similar winter later this year, provides Brandenburg and Scandinavia with the foodstuffs it needs. The military is expanded.
 * Greater Ingria: Ingria works desperately to provide a bountiful harvest for this year. In the meantime, the military is bolstered.
 * Huronsmark: The military is established.
 * Iceland: Works to recover from this winter. Iceland got hit particularly hard with this winter. The military is expanded.
 * Karelia: Works to recover from this winter. The military is expanded.
 * Lubeck: Works on recovering from this winter. The military is expanded.
 * Nynorge: Suffers a massive setback from this winter. No expansion occurs.
 * Pomerania: Brandenburg works with Pomerania to produce a surplus for this year. The successful harvest, mainly inspired by fear of a similar winter later this year, provides Brandenburg and Scandinavia with the foodstuffs it needs. The military is expanded.
 * New Gotland: Works to recover from this winter. The military is expanded.
 * Schleswig: Works to recover from this winter. The military is expanded.
 * Strombek: Works to recover from this winter. The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 2000 sq km towards the Hudson Bay.
 * Vinland: Works to recover from this winter. The military is expanded.

1609
'''No mod events? :,(   -Rex'''
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, Margaret von Habsburg, that had been married to Infante Afonso previously, gives birth to a girl, who is named Urraca.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. We accept the alliance from Prussia.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Hamburg-Holstein-Mecklenburg: military and economy improves. Road and infrastructure projects continue.
 * Duchy of Stade: military and economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: military and economy expanded.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The Ten Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten Year Military Build Up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperalism. While constructing mosques on the border of Mansurryia and OTL Saudi Arabia, we saw their horrid conditions and thus we seek to bring civilization and unity under Islam and the Mosque Model by expanding 25 px into their territory.  (I found out that this was implausible, as it is uninhabitable for now) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn.With our nation being re-established 70 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 70 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul)With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)
 * Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get  OTL Djibuti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods.
 * Romanian Diplomacy: We accept the trade proposal.
 * Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn with the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism.Eco turn.
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593.Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * New Baghdad: As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to adminster New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to make new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Abba, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland.
 * Thank you SOO much for adopting the fixed version of this post.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles). Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. With the colonies largely placated at the moment and needing to consolidate, Thomas II turns his attentions to Anatolia. After gathering allies, Roman troops invade Cappadocia with popular support, as the region is full of Greeks. Siege weapons are brought along to deal with the occasional castle, yet few are present. The war goes on, with much success thanks to the loyalty of the native Greek population. By years end, the native Turk rulers and their forces have been largely annihilated and the region pacified, and the region is annexed into the Empire.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising. As a result of Bulgaria being annexed, the Serbs are a bit afraid, as they are unable to resist the Dacians on their own. As a result, the Serbs ask for annexation to the Empire, although a notable few resist. At the moment there is nothing, and as such it is peaceful. For now. Some small protests begin occuring as the movement for annexation increases.
 * Reme: Fortifications continue to be built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expanison. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. While the colony is split up by Hamburg's colony, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordinence. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To futher protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are futher fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. As existing settlements are consolidated, no further inland expansion occurs, as it is presently too dangerous to expand farther than the coastal forts or outposts.
 * Ayutthaya: Our new vassal of Aceh continues to be a problem and our military funding is increased to try and keep them under control. Construction of larger ships and our western trading and military ports continues to remain haulted until our economy can recover.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the ruralmost areas of France.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes on 65 against 35 on withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal of Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Suri Empire: After reigning for 23 years, Sikandar Shah dies, with Adil Shah succeeding him. State funerals are held.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate:The spread of the Latinized Cree alphabet continues, with books including the Bible, classical works such by Plutarch, Plato, Caesar and others, and modern works now translated. Many learn to read, as it is now necessary for advancement in the government.  Efforts to unite with the Moose Cree continue (Turn Nine of Twenty) continue. The military begins a further program of expansion to keep up with the growing population, which has now reached 200,000. The military grows to about 10000 in order to keep up with this. Christianity is spreading as missionaries of the Order of St Theobald continue to arrive. Settlers continue to move south, where the land is proving excellent for farming, expanding the nation 5000 km. Potatoes, wheat and cassina are cultivated in huge quanitites here to supply the growing population. Winipakw expands 500 km. The new fleet continues to improve trade, especially with Europe, during summer months, and two new ships are completed this year, bringing the fleet to a total of 12 ships.
 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongols continue to expand their economy.
 * Damascan Sultanate:  Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 39. His uncle, Sulimen III now aging at 70, continues ruling over in Kurdistan. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 419,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 276,000. Sulimen IV requests a wife to rule his nation with him. The people continue to rally toward Islam. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the arquebus equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. We begin vassalizing the Karamanian Sultanate (Turn Four of Six). As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 25.7 million. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Karaman and Damascus begin to become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Karaman, being the most Arab, therefore becomes closer to Damascus, and Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. The Sultan dies. UIN council meets in Baghdad, to vote for a new leader.  
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 292,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen IV, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 40,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 55,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to military. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. We establish and grow the colonies of Neu Franken in southern Florida, settling the towns of Frankenburg and Mainburg. The Zollern Insels/American colonies continue to expand south. The town of St Andreas is founded in honor of the patron saint of Prussia. Its accompanying island is named Apostel Insel. Other settlements are formed in the area.
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We continue to vassal the two small nations to the west by our border. (I do not know their names. Please help me figure out their names).
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Westphalia: Moritz I comes out with the announcement of a child that was born in 1602. He kept this a secret from the general public because of personal reasons. The child is WIlhelm V von Wittelsbach. He is heir to the throne. Following new legislation within the nobility, any ruling line of Westphalia may only ever have one male child per ruler. This is to prevent any more unnecessary growth to the already complex family tree. More and more people begin to hate the Hessian centric nation. They hate the von Hessens, the capital of Ludwigsburg, and the songs dedicated to Hesse. Moritz I comes out to say, "In a nation with complexity as this, there is no room for a bias towards Hessians. Therefore, the Westphalian Song and the Westphalian Glory March will be created officially within a few years." We request to buy the lands of Cleves-Mark and the Northern half of West Cologne from France.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1609, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 43, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. In 1607, the question of Franz-Albert's marriage is no longer an issue, as it becomes apparent that he will not marry. Furthermore, rumors of the King being gay are an open secret. That itself is not an issue to most courtiers or councillors. However, many detractors, many in Greater Saxony, continue to criticize the King and use the rumor to their full advantages. In September, Franz-Albert II makes the decision to recognize his younger brother Johann, born 1576, as his heir. Johann already has six children, in order of age, Maria-Sofia, Isabella, Leopold, Karl, and Catherine.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1609, Queen Isabell university continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. In governmental news, Edmund von Jülich and Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach continue to be married.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endevours.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle. About 100 colonists reach the island of St Otto and successfully settle the island of 300 sq km. However, in Nowy Krakow, about 300 colonists have landed on the island and created a small town with minor fortifications. The northern coast of Nowy Krakow has been secured.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 1,662,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 100,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX is intrigued by the concept of laws.
 * In the Hercogiste Līvõmō (Duchy of Livonia), master artist Vīsvaldis Šimoneit, not to be outdone by his former apprentice, Kristjan Pāavö, reveals his latest piece of art, which, many followers of the Questionist school say, has redefined the rules of Questionist art. Retjan_Polski,_by_Matejko.jpgJõvām Joud, or Good Strength, is a historical piece, which depicts the expulsion of the leading German noble in Livonia at the time of the Independence, from his court at Riga. For this contribution, and the contributions made to all Livonian arts, Šimoneit is knighted by Duke Jaagup in late December. Šimoneit becomes the first person to be knighted, and being a cultural figure, sets precedent that knights now represent a new type of elite - artistic. Pāavö begins to fully resent his teacher, and decides to create his own art academy in Reval. This split increases the opportunity of Questionist artists throughout the region, and Pāavö's academy teaches Livonian to hundreds of foreigners to learn the art. Effectively, Livonian culture begins to become commonplace in Prussia, Pskov, Muscovy, and Poland-Lithuania. Aīvars Baltgālis, the master Questionist architect, plans for the design of the "University of Riga." In Poland-Lithuania, Livonian begins to usurp Lithuanian as a common second language, and the Questionist art form spreads this transformation. The birth rate begins to pick up once again after last winter's storms. Kōlaisa Jõugõisa focuses on developing stronger economic development and Svētais Jāņi becomes one of the largest cities in the OTL Antilles. Expansion in Vȯiti Vež takes place, taking over more and more of the OTL Bahamas. The shipyards at Riga work with locally minted Reichtalers to produce topclass ships at a fast rate, with recreated Pskovian techonolgy. Brewing near Wenden continues, as does the littering of the countryside with thousands of water mills. The emancipation of serfs continues as expected. The economy expands.
 * Kuramo and Saare-Lääne both grow closer to Livonian culture, with emancipation underway in both states and the spread of Livonian taking place in both nations. Both nations expand economically.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Hispanian navy finishes its first group of its new two-decker ships, a major departure from its previous designs and being much much more effective in combat than any other nations current craft and with new cannons even rivaling some of the Chinese designs.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Auditore Gun company opens up several works in Spain proper becoming one of the exceptions to Spain's merchantilist policies. This leads to further employment of Spanish peoples so the parliament decides to pay for the migration of Auditore Firearms main office to Madrid. The current leading family member, Rodrigo Auditore agrees leaving his offices in italy attended to by family. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. This expansion, however, is stunted by a massive rainforest which after years of trying to penetrate has become more costly than not diverting further exploration attempts toward the Inca territories to the west. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The unexpected guarantee of right as Spanish citizens leaves many people elated as being treated equally as the people who live in Spain. With this the Viceroy unable to hold a higher position than royalty stands by as sub-viceroy to Cristo Di Habsburg. The tradition of many people of the royal family taking up residency in the colonies is well received as one of Cristos aging uncles visits him and lives with him as the Bishop of Buenos Aires.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 50,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. Another port settlement is established in the lucrative Bay of Juarez with the settlement of Arica established at the mouth of the river and the city heading north with port facilities being established.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymaya territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Ayamara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The collective population of the protectorates is estimated at about five million between all three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top-of-the line-ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top-of-the-line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade good for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoya troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The city following its massive destruction in the revolt has a mere 30,000 people living within its boundaries but it is steadily increasing.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The military is expanded. Scandinavia works to recover from being frozen for a good chunk of last year, though, being Scandinavia, it's pretty used to being frozen. A recent poll conducted even has Scandinavians stating that they felt only 'moderately chilly' last year on a scale of 1-10, 1 being not cold and 10 being colder than Niflheim.
 * Brandenburg: Brandenburg works with Pomerania to produce a surplus for this year. The successful harvest, mainly inspired by fear of a similar winter later this year, provides Brandenburg and Scandinavia with the foodstuffs it needs. The military is expanded.
 * Greater Ingria: Ingria works desperately to provide a bountiful harvest for this year. In the meantime, the military is bolstered.
 * Huronsmark: The military is established.
 * Iceland: Works to recover from this winter. Iceland got hit particularly hard with this winter. The military is expanded.
 * Karelia: Works to recover from this winter. The military is expanded.
 * Lubeck: Works on recovering from this winter. The military is expanded.
 * Nynorge: Suffers a massive setback from this winter. No expansion occurs.
 * Pomerania: Brandenburg works with Pomerania to produce a surplus for this year. The successful harvest, mainly inspired by fear of a similar winter later this year, provides Brandenburg and Scandinavia with the foodstuffs it needs. The military is expanded.
 * New Gotland: Works to recover from this winter. The military is expanded.
 * Schleswig: Works to recover from this winter. The military is expanded.
 * Strombek: Works to recover from this winter. The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 2000 sq km towards the Hudson Bay.
 * Vinland: Works to recover from this winter. The military is expanded.
 * County of Oldenburg: The economy is still majorly crippled by the harsh winter of last year. Whilst very few people die from starvation this year, many still are malnourished. The army is deployed doubly strong in the Fortchen that dot the country's main roads to stop the violent bands of bagabonds, but still many terrorise the less reachable areas for food. Many take their first opportunity to move to Neu Norderney.
 * Prince-Bishopric fo Osnabruck: Work begins on the post-winter recovery.
 * Pskovian Military dealings begin to reinforce the military situation in Pskov, with larger navies and the Princely honour guard get a new fancier outfit. Rhum begins to be sold by the PIC. The Mead Corporation also grows due to the stock exchange. Meanwhile, the Pskov economy grows as Pskov truly begins to enter the economic golden age. Pskov and the PIC get increasingly angry with Livonia over colonies, with noa greement reached, the Livonians continue to settle and disregard Pskovian Claims(that are backed up by international agreements). The Pskov Imperial Company feels violated, and that is not a good thing.
 * The PIC continues to buld farms and the such and bring colonizers over, receiving much funding through their stock market. More ships are built as the Novoprussiysk arsenal is finishing constructin. The Rhum is set to wait for many years, with the facilities growing and an even larger patch of land dedicated to growing sugarcane for its production. Meanwhile, the PIC grows Pskov's Colonies IN THE BAHAMAS AREA and the Lesser Antillies officially my claim (hrm hrm) (as if it wasn't clear before with all the bickering, I'll make a new guide soon, dont worry, just expand anywhere in the islands so long as I get my due). Tensions rise with Livonia over colonies.